xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision e4e9813eb92cd7c4d4b819a8fbed5cbd3d92f5d8)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1777.2.6 2006/06/05 22:32:41 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
10	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
11		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
12		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
13		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
14		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
15		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
16		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
17		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
18		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
19		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
20	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
21		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
22		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
23	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
24		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
25		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
26		layer made in 8.13.6.
27	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
28		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
29		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
30		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
31		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
32		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
33		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
34		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
35		to avoid those false positives.
36	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
37		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
38		files were not removed.
39	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
40		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
41		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
42	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
43		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
44		either of these versions and compression is available,
45		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
46		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
47	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
48		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
49		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
50		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
51		but an argument must be specified.
52	Portability:
53		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
54		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
55
568.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
57	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
58		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
59		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
60		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
61		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
62		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
63		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
64	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
65		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
66		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
67		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
68		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
69		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
70	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
71		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
72		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
73		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
74	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
75		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
76		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
77		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
78		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
79		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
80		A. Earickson of Colby College.
81	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
82		Myers of Proofpoint.
83	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
84		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
85		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
86	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
87		resume a stored TLS session.
88	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
89		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
90		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
91	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
92		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
93		Sun Microsystems.
94	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
95		This generates an error message from libmilter on
96		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
97		request silently.
98	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
99		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
100		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
101		Services.
102	Portability:
103		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
104		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
105		Andrew Brown.
106
1078.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
108	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
109		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
110		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
111		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
112		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
113		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
114		than the base directory.
115	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
116		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
117		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
118		Werner Wiethege.
119	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
120		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
121		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
122		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
123	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
124		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
125		University.
126	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
127		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
128	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
129		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
130		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
131	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
132		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
133	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
134	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
135		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
136		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
137	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
138		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
139	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
140			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
141			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
142			source code.
143		Add support for AIX 5.3.
144		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
145		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
146		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
147	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
148		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
149			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
150			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
151		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
152			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
153			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
154			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
155		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
156			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
157			by Mike Pechkin.
158	New Files:
159		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
160		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
161		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
162		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
163		include/sm/time.h
164
1658.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
166	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
167		different error which could result in connections that
168		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
169		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
170	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
171		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
172		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
173		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
174	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
175		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
176	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
177		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
178		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
179		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
180	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
181		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
182		and bounce generation.
183	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
184		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
185		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
186		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
187		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
188	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
189		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
190	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
191		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
192	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
193		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
194		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
195	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
196		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
197		by Joe Maimon.
198	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
199		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
200		on patch by Brian Kantor.
201	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
202		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
203		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
204	Portability:
205		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
206			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
207			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
208			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
209			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
210		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
211			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
212			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
213			University of Bremen.
214	New Files:
215		include/sm/sem.h
216		libsm/sem.c
217		libsm/t-sem.c
218
2198.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
220	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
221		is active.
222	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
223		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
224		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
225	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
226		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
227		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
228	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
229		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
230		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
231		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
232
2338.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
234	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
235		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
236		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
237		Simple Nomad of BindView.
238	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
239		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
240		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
241	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
242		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
243		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
244		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
245		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
246	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
247		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
248	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
249		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
250		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
251	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
252		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
253	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
254		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
255		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
256	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
257		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
258	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
259		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
260		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
261	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
262		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
263	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
264		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
265		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
266	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
267		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
268		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
269	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
270		noted by Nelson Fung.
271	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
272		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
273	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
274		by Nelson Fung.
275	Portability:
276		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
277	New Files:
278		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
279		devtools/OS/DragonFly
280		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
281	Deleted Files:
282		libsm/vsscanf.c
283
2848.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
285	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
286		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
287		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
288		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
289	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
290		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
291	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
292		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
293		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
294		by David Russell.
295	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
296		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
297		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
298		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
299	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
300		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
301		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
302	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
303		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
304	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
305		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
306		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
307		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
308		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
309		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
310		Bielefeld.
311	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
312		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
313	Portability:
314		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
315			noted by Geoff Adams.
316		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
317		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
318			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
319		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
320			incompatibilities with various *roff related
321			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
322	New Files:
323		doc/op/README
324
3258.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
326	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
327		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
328		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
329		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
330		University.
331	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
332		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
333		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
334	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
335		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
336	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
337		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
338		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
339		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
340		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
341		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
342	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
343		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
344		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
345		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
346		of cf/README for more information.
347	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
348		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
349		the LDAP library.
350	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
351		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
352		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
353		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
354		library supports it.
355	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
356		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
357	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
358		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
359		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
360	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
361		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
362		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
363		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
364		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
365		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
366		determines the length of the interval for which the
367		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
368		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
369	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
370		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
371		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
372		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
373		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
374		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
375		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
376		during that connection.
377	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
378		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
379		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
380	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
381		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
382		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
383	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
384		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
385	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
386		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
387		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
388		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
389	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
390		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
391		sendmail.
392	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
393		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
394		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
395		Mines de Paris.
396	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
397		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
398		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
399		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
400		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
401		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
402		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
403		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
404	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
405		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
406		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
407	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
408		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
409		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
410		by Sander Eerkes.
411	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
412		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
413		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
414		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
415	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
416		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
417		operates on lost queue items.
418	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
419		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
420		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
421		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
422		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
423		quarantine reason.
424	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
425		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
426	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
427		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
428		"QUARANTINE:".
429	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
430		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
431		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
432		be used for the quarantine reason.
433	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
434	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
435		message if it is quarantined.
436	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
437		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
438		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
439		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
440		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
441	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
442		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
443		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
444	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
445		recipients received so far in a transaction.
446	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
447		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
448		noted by Kai Schlichting.
449	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
450		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
451		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
452	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
453		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
454	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
455	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
456		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
457	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
458		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
459		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
460	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
461	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
462		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
463		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
464		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
465	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
466		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
467		of the University of Manitoba.
468	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
469		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
470		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
471		is active.
472	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
473		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
474		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
475	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
476		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
477	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
478		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
479	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
480		overwrite each other's pid files.
481	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
482		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
483		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
484	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
485		LogLevel 12 or higher.
486	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
487		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
488		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
489		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
490		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
491	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
492		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
493		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
494		of Sun Microsystems.
495	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
496		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
497	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
498		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
499	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
500		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
501	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
502		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
503	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
504		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
505		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
506		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
507	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
508		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
509		further information.
510	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
511		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
512	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
513		queue return and warning times for delivery status
514		notifications.
515	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
516		at all.
517	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
518		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
519		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
520	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
521		for DaemonPortOptions.
522	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
523		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
524		of Northern Illinois University.
525	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
526		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
527		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
528		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
529		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
530	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
531		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
532	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
533		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
534	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
535		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
536		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
537	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
538		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
539	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
540		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
541		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
542	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
543		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
544	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
545		HOSTALIASES.
546	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
547		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
548	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
549		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
550		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
551		Oleg Bulyzhin.
552	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
553		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
554		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
555		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
556		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
557	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
558		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
559	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
560		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
561	Portability:
562		Two new compile options have been added:
563			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
564			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
565			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
566		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
567			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
568			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
569			programs to match locking techniques.
570		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
571			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
572		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
573			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
574			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
575			Center for Scientific Computing.
576		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
577		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
578		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
579			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
580			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
581			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
582			from Mark Funkenhauser.
583	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
584		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
585		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
586		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
587	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
588		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
589		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
590		of Northern Illinois University.
591	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
592		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
593		the message using the given reason.
594	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
595		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
596		DNS records than just A.
597	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
598		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
599		connections is maintained.
600	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
601		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
602	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
603		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
604	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
605		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
606		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
607		use the access database to look the pause time based on
608		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
609	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
610		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
611		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
612		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
613		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
614		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
615	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
616		interval when refusing connections for this long.
617	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
618		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
619		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
620	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
621		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
622		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
623	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
624		to follow the naming conventions.
625	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
626		the A= argument.
627	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
628		local_lmtp.
629	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
630		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
631	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
632		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
633		its rules.
634	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
635		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
636		status notifications.
637	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
638	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
639		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
640		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
641	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
642		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
643		doc/op/op.me.
644	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
645		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
646		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
647	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
648		certificate revocations lists.
649	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
650		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
651		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
652		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
653	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
654		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
655		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
656		for more information.
657	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
658		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
659		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
660		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
661		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
662	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
663	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
664		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
665		of LifeLine Networks.
666	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
667		Derek J. Balling.
668	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
669		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
670	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
671		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
672	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
673		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
674		Filters which use this function must include the
675		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
676	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
677		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
678	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
679		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
680	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
681		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
682		resetting the timeout.
683	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
684		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
685		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
686	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
687		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
688	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
689		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
690		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
691	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
692		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
693	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
694		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
695	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
696		from Bryan Costales.
697	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
698		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
699	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
700		amendments to support header insertion operations.
701	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
702		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
703		Informations Services.
704	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
705	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
706		instead of '#'.
707	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
708		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
709		headers.
710	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
711		for the auto-response message.
712	New Files:
713		CACerts
714		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
715		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
716		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
717		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
718		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
719		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
720		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
721		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
722		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
723		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
724		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
725		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
726		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
727		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
728		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
729		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
730		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
731		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
732		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
733		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
734		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
735		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
736		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
737		sendmail/ratectrl.c
738	Deleted Files:
739		cf/feature/nodns.m4
740		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
741		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
742		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
743		libsm/vsprintf.c
744	Renamed Files:
745		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
746
7478.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
748	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
749		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
750		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
751	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
752		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
753		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
754		Techfirm, Inc.
755	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
756		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
757		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
758	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
759		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
760		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
761		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
762	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
763		recipient address also against the printable addresses
764		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
765		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
766	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
767		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
768		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
769	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
770		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
771	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
772		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
773		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
774		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
775		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
776		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
777	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
778		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
779		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
780	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
781		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
782		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
783	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
784		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
785		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
786		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
787		external application that accesses qf files.
788	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
789		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
790	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
791		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
792		Breyha.
793	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
794		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
795		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
796		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
797		environment.
798	Portability:
799		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
800		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
801			Sun Microsystems.
802	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
803		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
804	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
805		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
806	New Files:
807		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
808
8098.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
810	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
811		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
812		of Courtesan Consulting.
813	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
814		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
815		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
816		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
817		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
818	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
819		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
820	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
821	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
822		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
823	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
824		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
825	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
826		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
827		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
828	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
829		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
830	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
831	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
832		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
833		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
834	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
835		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
836		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
837	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
838		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
839	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
840		to make sure they match.
841	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
842		in the kernel.
843	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
844		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
845		Bart Duchesne.
846	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
847		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
848		Craig Hunt.
849	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
850		from Jerome Borsboom.
851	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
852		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
853		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
854	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
855		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
856		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
857		after the close() and before the truncate().
858	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
859		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
860		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
861	Portability:
862		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
863			of Washington for providing access to a computer
864			with AIX 5.2.
865		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
866			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
867		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
868			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
869			of Harker Systems.
870		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
871			your Linux distribution, compile with
872			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
873	Added Files:
874		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
875
8768.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
877	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
878		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
879		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
880		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
881		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
882		includes DNS.
883	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
884		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
885		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
886		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
887	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
888		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
889		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
890		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
891		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
892		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
893		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
894	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
895		by Derek Wueppelmann.
896	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
897		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
898		College London.
899	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
900		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
901		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
902	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
903		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
904	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
905	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
906		text file instead of the database map.
907	Portability:
908		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
909			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
910			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
911			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
912
9138.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
914	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
915		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
916		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
917		of ISS X-Force.
918	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
919		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
920		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
921		Stanford University Compilation Group.
922	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
923		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
924	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
925		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
926		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
927	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
928		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
929	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
930		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
931		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
932
9338.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
934	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
935		across various connections.  This could cause session
936		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
937		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
938		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
939	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
940		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
941		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
942	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
943		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
944		Erik Parker.
945	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
946		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
947		is used.
948	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
949		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
950	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
951		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
952		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
953		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
954		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
955	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
956		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
957	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
958		of 11 or higher.
959	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
960		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
961	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
962		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
963		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
964		to be run even if Runners=0.
965	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
966		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
967		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
968	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
969		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
970	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
971		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
972	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
973		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
974	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
975		by John Majikes of IBM.
976	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
977		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
978	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
979		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
980		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
981	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
982		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
983		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
984	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
985		noted by Matthias Andree.
986	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
987		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
988	Portability:
989		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
990		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
991			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
992			an argument, hence the builtin version of
993			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
994			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
995			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
996		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
997			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
998		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
999			of the TrustedBSD Project.
1000		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1001			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1002		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1003		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1004			Corporation.
1005		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1006	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1007		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1008	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1009		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1010		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1011	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1012		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1013		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1014		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1015		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1016		in the file itself.
1017	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1018		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1019		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1020		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1021	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1022	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1023		relay.
1024	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1025		in access_db.
1026	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1027	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1028		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1029		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1030	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1031		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1032		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1033	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1034		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1035		Sun Microsystems.
1036	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1037		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1038	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1039		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1040		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1041	New Files:
1042		devtools/OS/Interix
1043		include/sm/bdb.h
1044
10458.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
1046	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1047		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1048		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1049		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1050		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1051	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1052		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1053		Courtesan Consulting.
1054	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1055		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
1056		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1057	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1058		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1059		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1060	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1061		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1062		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
1063		Earickson of Colby College.
1064	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1065		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1066		Courtesan Consulting.
1067	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1068		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1069	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1070		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
1071		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1072	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1073		execve().
1074	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1075		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1076		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1077	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1078		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
1079		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1080		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
1081		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1082	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1083		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1084		supposed for addresses on the header content.
1085	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1086	Portability:
1087		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1088			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
1089			fix from Scott Walters.
1090		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1091		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1092			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1093		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1094			NETISO support has been dropped.
1095	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1096		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1097		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1098		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
1099		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1100		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1101		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
1102		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1103		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1104		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1105		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
1106		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1107		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1108		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1109	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1110		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1111		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1112		University.
1113	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1114		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1115	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1116		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1117	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1118		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1119	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
1120		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1121		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1122	New Files:
1123		contrib/etrn.0
1124
11258.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
1126	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1127		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1128		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
1129		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1130		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
1131		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1132	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1133		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1134		with rogue DNS servers.
1135	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
1136		by Bryan Costales.
1137	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1138		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
1139		Costales.
1140	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1141		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1142		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1143		Polytechnic Institute.
1144	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1145		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1146	Portability:
1147		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1148			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1149			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
1150			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1151		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
1152			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1153			8.13 will change the default locking method to
1154			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
1155			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1156			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1157			related programs to match locking techniques.
1158
11598.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1160	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1161		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1162		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1163		section of the top level README for more information.
1164		Problem noted by lumpy.
1165	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1166		instead of 0644.
1167	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1168		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1169		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1170	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1171		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1172		Purdue University.
1173	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
1174		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1175		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1176	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1177		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1178		of Active State.
1179	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1180		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
1181		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1182	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1183		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1184		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
1185		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1186	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1187		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
1188	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
1189		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1190	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1191		or the queue.
1192	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1193		user who started sendmail.
1194	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1195		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
1196		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1197	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1198		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1199		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1200		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1201		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1202	Portability:
1203		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1204			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1205			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1206		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1207			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1208			Charles University in Prague.
1209		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1210			memory.
1211	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1212		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1213	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1214		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1215		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1216	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1217		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1218	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1219		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1220		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1221		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1222		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1223	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1224		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1225		noted by Bryan Costales.
1226	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1227		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1228	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1229		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1230	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1231		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1232	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1233		match dnsbl change.
1234	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1235		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1236		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1237	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1238		a user's filter starts other applications.
1239	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1240		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1241	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1242		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1243		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1244	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1245		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1246	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1247		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1248		noted by Bryan Costales.
1249	New Files:
1250		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1251
12528.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1253	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1254		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1255		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1256		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1257		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1258		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1259		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1260		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1261		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1262		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1263		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1264		University.
1265	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1266		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1267		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1268		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1269		of INTERMETA.
1270	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1271		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1272	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1273		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1274	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1275		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1276		ActiveState.
1277	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1278		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1279	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1280		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1281		Northern Illinois University.
1282	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1283		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1284		of Dinoex.
1285	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1286		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1287		Polytechnic Institute.
1288	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1289		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1290		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1291	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1292		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1293		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1294	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1295		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1296	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1297		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1298	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1299		missing arguments.
1300	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1301		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1302		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1303	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1304		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1305	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1306		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1307		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1308	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1309		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1310		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1311	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1312		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1313		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1314		of Concordia University.
1315	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1316		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1317	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1318		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1319		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1320		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1321	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1322		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1323		Elvers.
1324	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1325		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1326		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1327		total number of TCP connections.
1328	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1329		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1330		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1331	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1332		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1333	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1334		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1335		Texas.
1336	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1337		to 451.
1338	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1339		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1340		patch by Bryan Costales.
1341	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1342		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1343	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1344		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1345		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1346		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1347		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1348		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1349		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1350		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1351	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1352		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1353		command).
1354	Portability:
1355		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1356			available.
1357		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1358			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1359			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1360			Skyrr.
1361		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1362			noted by John Beck.
1363		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1364		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1365			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1366	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1367		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1368		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1369	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1370		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1371		error.
1372	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1373		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1374		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1375	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1376		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1377	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1378		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1379	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1380		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1381		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1382		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1383		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
1384		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1385	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1386		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
1387		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1388		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1389		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1390		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1391		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1392		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1393	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1394		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
1395		noted by John Beck.
1396	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1397		if queue groups are used.
1398	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1399	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1400	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1401		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1402	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1403	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1404		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
1405		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1406		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1407		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1408		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1409	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1410		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
1411		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1412	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1413		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1414		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1415	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
1416		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1417		ldap_memfree().
1418	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1419		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1420	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
1421		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1422	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
1423		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1424		San Francisco.
1425	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1426	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
1427		Joe Barbish.
1428	New Files:
1429		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1430
14318.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
1432	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1433		at startup, only log an error message.
1434	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1435		following -b) has been specified.
1436	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1437		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
1438		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1439	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1440		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1441		Regensburg.
1442	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1443		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1444		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1445		Institute of Mining and Technology.
1446	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1447		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1448		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1449	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1450		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1451		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1452	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1453		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1454		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1455	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1456		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
1457		SMTP connections.
1458	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
1459		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1460		and Technology.
1461	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1462		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1463		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1464		Meteorological Institute.
1465	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1466		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1467		Online.
1468	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1469		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1470		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1471		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1472		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1473		types, respectively.
1474	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1475		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1476		of Virginia Tech.
1477	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1478		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1479		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1480	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1481		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1482	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1483		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1484	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1485		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1486		of Vienna.
1487	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
1488		of Sun Microsystems.
1489	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1490		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1491		with servers that do not support realms when using
1492		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1493	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1494		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
1495		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1496	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1497		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1498		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1499	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1500	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1501		instead of forcing localhost.
1502	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1503		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1504	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
1505		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1506	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1507		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1508		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1509		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1510		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1511	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1512		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1513	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
1514		Compaq Computer Corp.
1515	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1516		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1517		Tech.
1518	Portability:
1519		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
1520			patch provided by HP.
1521		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1522			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
1523		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
1524			Sachin of Siemens.
1525		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1526		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
1527			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1528			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
1529			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1530		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
1531			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1532		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
1533			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1534		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1535			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
1536			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
1537			Hewlett-Packard.
1538		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1539			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1540			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1541		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
1542			Virginia Tech.
1543		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
1544			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1545		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1546			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1547	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1548		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
1549		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1550	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1551		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1552	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1553		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1554		Florida.
1555	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
1556		Altin Waldmann.
1557	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1558		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
1559		Hewlett-Packard.
1560	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1561		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1562		of MSFU.
1563	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1564		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1565		Institute.
1566	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1567	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1568		to free memory twice.
1569	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1570		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1571		of Sun Microsystems.
1572	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1573		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1574		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1575		University of Athens.
1576	New Files:
1577		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1578		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1579		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1580		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
1581		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
1582		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
1583		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1584		libsm/mpeix.c
1585
15868.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
1587	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1588		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1589		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
1590		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
1591		found by Michal Zalewski.
1592	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1593		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1594		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1595		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1596	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1597		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1598	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1599		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1600		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1601	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1602		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1603		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1604	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1605		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1606		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
1607		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
1608		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1609	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1610		canonical name for a host.
1611	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1612		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
1613		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
1614		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1615	Portability:
1616		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1617			`uname` does not given complete information.
1618			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1619			Aircraft Company.
1620		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1621			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1622		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1623			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1624			Courtesan Consulting.
1625	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1626		problems with potential misconfigurations.
1627	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
1628		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1629		Technology Organisation of Australia.
1630	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1631		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1632		then use it.
1633	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
1634		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1635	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
1636		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1637	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1638		and vacation.
1639	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1640		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
1641		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1642	New Files:
1643		test/Build
1644		test/Makefile
1645		test/Makefile.m4
1646		test/README
1647		test/t_dropgid.c
1648		test/t_setgid.c
1649	Deleted Files:
1650		include/sm/stdio.h
1651		include/sm/sysstat.h
1652
16538.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
1654	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1655		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
1656		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1657		default).  The installation process tries to install
1658		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1659		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1660	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1661		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1662		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1663		flags:
1664			GroupWritableForwardFile
1665			WorldWritableForwardFile
1666			GroupWritableIncludeFile
1667			WorldWritableIncludeFile
1668		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1669	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
1670		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1671		(IdS).
1672	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1673		point where the variable could become overused for more than
1674		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
1675		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
1676		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1677		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1678	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1679		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
1680		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1681		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
1682		see sendmail/SECURITY.
1683	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1684		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1685	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1686		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
1687		sendmail/SECURITY.
1688	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1689		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1690		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1691	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1692		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1693		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
1694		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1695		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1696	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
1697		command has been removed.
1698	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
1699		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1700	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1701		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1702		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
1703		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1704	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1705		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
1706		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1707		supported.
1708	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1709		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
1710		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1711		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1712		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
1713		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1714		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1715		creation rather than just before delivery.
1716	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
1717		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1718		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
1719		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1720		preference matches (coattail).
1721	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1722		try other MX hosts if available.
1723	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1724		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1725	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1726		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
1727		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1728	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1729	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1730		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1731		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1732		removed in future versions.
1733	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1734		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1735	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1736		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
1737		doc/op/op.me for details.
1738	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1739		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1740		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1741		of the presented certificate, respectively.
1742	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1743	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1744		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1745	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1746		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1747		enough on a per recipient basis.
1748	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1749		for STARTTLS.
1750	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1751		value "NOT".
1752	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1753		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1754	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1755		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1756	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1757		really required.  This change results in a noticable
1758		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
1759		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1760	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1761		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1762	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1763		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1764		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1765		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
1766		command line, then the value also limits the number of
1767		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1768		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1769		by a queue run.
1770	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1771		system each queue directory resides in.
1772	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1773	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1774	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
1775		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1776		collected together) to process the same work list at the
1777		same time.
1778	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1779		active queue runner processes.
1780	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1781		runners per queue group.
1782	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1783		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1784		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1785		of the queue that match during processing.
1786	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1787		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1788		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1789		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1790		persistent queue runner.
1791	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1792		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1793		sendmail -q15m).
1794	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
1795		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1796	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1797		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1798	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1799		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1800	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1801		of the qf file (older entries first).
1802	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1803		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1804		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1805		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1806	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1807		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1808	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
1809		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1810		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1811		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1812		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1813	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
1814		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1815		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1816	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1817		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1818		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
1819		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
1820		details.
1821	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1822		the number of entries in the queue(s).
1823	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
1824		and the usual documentation for details.
1825	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1826	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1827		announced in 8.10.
1828	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
1829	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1830		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
1831		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1832	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1833		-r (number of retries).
1834	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1835		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1836		and value separated by the given separator.
1837	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1838		to map class arith.
1839	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1840		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1841	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1842		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1843	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1844		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
1845		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1846	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1847		filenames with spaces).
1848	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1849	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1850		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1851		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
1852		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
1853		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1854		to the loopback net.
1855	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1856	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
1857		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1858	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1859		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1860	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1861		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1862	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1863		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1864		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1865		Development Group.
1866	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1867		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
1868		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
1869		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1870		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1871		load average is exceeded.
1872	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1873		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1874		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1875		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1876		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1877	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1878	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1879	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
1880		instead.
1881	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1882		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
1883	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1884		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1885		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1886	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1887		for direct (command line) submissions.
1888	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1889		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1890		Hagino of the KAME Project.
1891	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1892		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1893		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1894	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1895		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1896		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1897		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1898	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1899		before logging.
1900	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1901		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1902	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1903	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1904		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1905		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1906	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1907		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1908		of the Universitat Regensburg.
1909	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1910		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1911		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1912		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1913		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1914		See libsm/index.html for details.
1915	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1916		care of by fork() and exit().
1917	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
1918		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1919		new and old (from new libsm).
1920	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1921		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1922	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1923	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1924		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1925		synchronizations calls.
1926	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1927	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1928	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1929		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1930	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1931		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1932		for details.
1933	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1934		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1935		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1936		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1937	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1938		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1939		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1940	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1941		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1942		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1943		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1944		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1945		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1946		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1947	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1948		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1949	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1950		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1951	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1952		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1953		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1954		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1955		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1956		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1957		Urbana-Champaign.
1958	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1959		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1960	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1961		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1962		connections.
1963	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1964		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1965		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1966		cf/README.
1967	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1968		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1969		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1970		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1971		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1972		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1973		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1974		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1975		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1976		example).
1977	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1978		the default schema used in the above two items.
1979	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1980		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1981		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1982	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1983		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1984		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1985	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1986		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1987		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1988		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1989		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1990	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1991		HELO/EHLO commands.
1992	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1993		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1994		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1995		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1996		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1997		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1998		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1999	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2000		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2001		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2002		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
2003		(verbose) command line option.
2004	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2005		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2006		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2007		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2008	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2009		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2010		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2011	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
2012		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
2013		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2014	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2015		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2016		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2017		British Columbia.
2018	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2019		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2020	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2021		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2022		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2023		if required.
2024	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
2025		class instead.
2026	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2027		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
2028		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2029		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2030	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2031		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
2032	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2033		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
2034		Nelson of IBM.
2035	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2036		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2037		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
2038		their defaults are:
2039		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
2040		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2041		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
2042		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
2043		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
2044		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
2045		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2046	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2047		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2048	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2049		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2050		Meteorological Institute.
2051	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2052		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2053		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2054	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2055		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2056		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2057	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2058		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2059		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
2060		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2061		See sendmail/README for further information.
2062	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2063		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
2064		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2065	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2066		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2067		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2068	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
2069		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2070	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2071		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2072		flora.ca.
2073	Portability:
2074		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2075			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
2076			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2077		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2078			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2079			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2080			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
2081			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2082			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2083		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2084			Solaris 8 and later.
2085		Add support for OpenUNIX.
2086	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2087	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2088	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2089	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2090	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2091		temporary lookup failures.
2092	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2093		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2094		or IP nets.
2095	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2096		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2097		to get through.
2098	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2099		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2100		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
2101		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2102		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2103	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2104		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2105		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2106		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2107	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2108		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2109		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2110	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2111		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2112		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2113	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2114		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2115	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2116		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2117		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2118	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2119		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2120		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2121		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2122		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2123	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2124		cf/README for details.
2125	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2126		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2127		University of Maryland.
2128	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2129		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2130	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2131		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2132		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2133	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2134		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2135		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2136		Solving.
2137	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2138		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2139	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2140		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2141	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2142		immediately.
2143	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2144		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2145		See cf/README for details.
2146	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2147		temporary lookup failures.
2148	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2149		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2150	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2151		memory use.
2152	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2153		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2154		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2155		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2156		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2157	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2158		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2159	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2160		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2161	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2162		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2163	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2164		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
2165		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
2166		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
2167	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2168	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2169		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2170		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2171		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
2172		additional details.
2173	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2174		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2175		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
2176		information.
2177	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2178		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
2179		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2180	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2181		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
2182		recipients as user unknown.
2183	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2184		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2185		section of cf/README for more information.
2186	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2187		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2188		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2189	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2190		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2191		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2192	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2193		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
2194		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
2195		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
2196		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
2197		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
2198		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
2199		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
2200		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
2201		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
2202		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2203	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2204		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
2205		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
2206		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
2207		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
2208	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2209		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2210		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2211		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2212		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2213		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2214		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2215		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2216		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2217		doc/op/op.me for details.
2218	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2219		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2220		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2221	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2222		dequote map.
2223	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2224	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2225		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2226	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2227		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2228		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2229		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2230		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2231		This affects the access database as well as the
2232		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2233	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2234	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2235	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2236		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2237		Mississippi State University.
2238	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2239		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2240	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2241		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2242		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2243	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2244		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2245		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2246	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2247		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2248		systems which don't include cat directories.
2249	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2250	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2251		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2252		mailbox database type.
2253	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2254		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2255		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2256		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2257	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2258		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2259	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2260		instead of white space.
2261	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2262		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2263		Meteorological Institute.
2264	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2265	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2266		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2267	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2268		instead of syslog.
2269	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2270		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2271		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2272		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2273	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2274		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2275		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2276		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2277	New Directories:
2278		libmilter/docs
2279	New Files:
2280		cf/cf/README
2281		cf/cf/submit.cf
2282		cf/cf/submit.mc
2283		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2284		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2285		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2286		cf/feature/msp.m4
2287		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2288		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2289		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2290		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2291		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2292		cf/sendmail.schema
2293		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2294		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2295		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2296		editmap/*
2297		include/sm/*
2298		libsm/*
2299		libsmutil/cf.c
2300		libsmutil/err.c
2301		sendmail/SECURITY
2302		sendmail/TUNING
2303		sendmail/bf.c
2304		sendmail/bf.h
2305		sendmail/sasl.c
2306		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2307		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2308		sendmail/tls.c
2309	Deleted Files:
2310		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2311		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2312		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2313		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2314		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2315		include/sendmail/useful.h
2316		libsmutil/errstring.c
2317		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2318		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2319		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2320		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2321		sendmail/clock.c
2322	Renamed Files:
2323		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2324		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2325		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2326
23278.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2328	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2329		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2330		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2331		of ISS X-Force.
2332	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2333		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2334		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2335		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2336		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2337		includes DNS.
2338	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2339		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2340		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2341		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2342	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2343		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2344		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2345		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2346		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2347		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2348		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2349	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2350		across various connections.  This could cause session
2351		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2352		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2353		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2354	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2355		canonical name for a host.
2356	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2357	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2358		or the queue.
2359	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2360		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2361		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2362		Polytechnic Institute.
2363	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2364		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2365		Purdue University.
2366	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2367		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2368		Texas.
2369	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2370		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2371		error.
2372	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2373		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2374	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2375		and vacation.
2376	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2377		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2378	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2379		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2380		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2381	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2382		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2383		Sun Microsystems.
2384	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2385		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2386		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2387
23888.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
2389	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2390		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
2391		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2392	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
2393		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2394		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2395		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
2396		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2397	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2398		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
2399		Werner Wiethege.
2400	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
2401		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2402
24038.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
2404	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2405		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
2406		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2407		of SE Netway Communications.
2408	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2409		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2410	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2411		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2412		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
2413		Bosserman of EarthLink.
2414	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2415		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2416	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2417		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2418		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2419		University College.
2420	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
2421		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2422	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2423		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2424		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2425		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2426		University at Albany.
2427	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2428		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2429	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2430		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2431		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2432		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2433	Portability:
2434		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
2435			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2436		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2437			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2438		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2439			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2440		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
2441			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2442	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2443		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2444
24458.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
2446	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2447		corruption and other potential race conditions.
2448		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2449		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
2450		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
2451		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2452	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2453		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2454		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2455	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2456		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2457		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2458	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
2459		from Kenji Miyake.
2460	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2461		QueueDirectory wildcards.
2462	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2463		the same map again while exiting.
2464	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2465		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2466		of Tuebingen.
2467	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2468		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2469		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2470		Oklahoma State University.
2471	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2472		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2473		InTouch Systems, Inc.
2474	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2475		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2476		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2477		Morgan Stanley.
2478	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2479		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
2480		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2481	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
2482		from Werner Wiethege.
2483	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2484		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
2485	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2486		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2487		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2488		Internet Services.
2489	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
2490		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2491	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
2492		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2493	Portability:
2494		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2495	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2496		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2497	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2498	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2499		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2500		Meteorological Institute.
2501	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2502		since it generates random process ids.
2503	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2504		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2505		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2506	New Files:
2507		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2508
25098.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
2510	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2511		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2512		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2513		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2514	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2515		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2516		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2517		communications consulting gmbh.
2518	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2519		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2520	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2521		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2522		connection came in from the command line.
2523	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2524		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
2525		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2526	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2527		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2528	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2529		when they were committed.
2530	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2531		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2532	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2533		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2534		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
2535		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2536	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2537		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2538		University.
2539	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2540		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2541		accept() completes.
2542	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2543		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2544	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2545		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2546		Wellcome.
2547	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2548		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2549		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2550		University.
2551	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2552		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2553		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2554		University of New Brunswick.
2555	Portability:
2556		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2557			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2558			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2559		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2560			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2561		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
2562			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
2563			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2564		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2565			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
2566			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2567	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2568		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2569	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2570		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2571	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2572		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2573		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
2574		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2575		Institute.
2576	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2577		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
2578		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2579	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2580		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2581	Renamed Files:
2582		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2583
25848.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
2585	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2586		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
2587		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
2588		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2589		Schools" project (IdS).
2590	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2591		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2592		be enabled by compiling with:
2593		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2594		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
2595		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2596	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2597		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2598	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2599		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2600		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2601		Colby College.
2602	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2603		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2604	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2605		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2606		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2607		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2608	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2609		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2610		NxNetworks, Inc.
2611	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2612		client name.
2613	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2614		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2615		the Universitat Regensburg.
2616	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2617		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2618		University of Arizona.
2619	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2620		of Collective Technologies.
2621	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2622		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2623		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2624		Engineering.
2625	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2626		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2627		Meteorological Institute.
2628	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2629		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2630	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2631		Meteorological Institute.
2632	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
2633		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2634		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
2635		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2636	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2637		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2638		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2639	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2640		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2641		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2642	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2643		overall connections, not the number of connections per
2644		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
2645		counting.
2646	Portability:
2647		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2648			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
2649			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2650		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2651			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2652		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
2653			Rosenman.
2654		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2655			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2656		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2657			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2658			of Pacific Access.
2659		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
2660			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2661		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2662			Microsystems.
2663	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2664		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2665		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2666	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2667		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2668	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2669		implicitly assume canonical host names.
2670	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
2671		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2672	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2673		Virginia Tech.
2674	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2675		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
2676		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2677	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2678	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
2679		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2680		gmbh.
2681	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
2682		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2683	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2684		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2685		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2686		of Kyoto University.
2687	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
2688		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2689		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2690		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
2691		version.
2692	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2693		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2694		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2695	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2696	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2697		or *-owner.
2698	New Files:
2699		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
2700		contrib/buildvirtuser
2701		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
2702
27038.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
2704	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2705		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2706	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2707		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
2708		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2709		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2710		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2711	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2712		wildcards.
2713	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2714		process may close the connection before the child process
2715		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2716		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2717		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2718	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2719		read the LDAP secret from a file.
2720	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2721		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2722		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2723		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2724	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2725		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2726		of EarthLink.
2727	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2728	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2729		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
2730		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2731	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
2732		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2733	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2734		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
2735		Fournier of Acadia University.
2736	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2737		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
2738		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2739		one of the others may be able to take over.
2740	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2741		previous load average query result.
2742	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2743		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2744		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
2745		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2746	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2747		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2748	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2749		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
2750		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2751	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2752		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2753	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2754		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
2755		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2756	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
2757		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2758	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2759		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2760		University of British Columbia.
2761	Portability:
2762		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2763			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2764			override the setting.  Suggested by
2765			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2766		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2767			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
2768			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2769		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2770			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2771			College.
2772		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
2773			Tom Moore of NCR.
2774		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
2775			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2776		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
2777			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
2778			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2779		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2780			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2781			Consulting.
2782	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2783		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2784	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2785		errors in the MAIL address.
2786	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
2787		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2788	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2789		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2790	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2791		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
2792		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
2793		Ericsson.
2794	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2795		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2796		mailer as described in cf/README.
2797	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2798		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2799	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2800		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2801	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2802		sendmail.
2803	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2804		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2805		Meteorological Institute.
2806	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2807	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2808		dot as the only character on the line.
2809	New Files:
2810		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2811
28128.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
2813	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2814		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2815		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2816		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
2817		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2818		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
2819		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2820	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2821		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
2822		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2823		Systems in this category should compile with
2824		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2825		system and report broken implementations to
2826		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
2827		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2828	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2829		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2830		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2831	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2832		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2833		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
2834		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2835	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2836		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2837		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
2838		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2839	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2840		random data.
2841	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2842		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2843		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2844	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2845		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
2846		Martin of CMU.
2847	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2848		strength factor.
2849	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2850		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
2851		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
2852		of CMU.
2853	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2854		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2855		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2856	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
2857		documented, unless a family is specified in a
2858		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
2859		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2860		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2861		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2862		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
2863		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2864	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2865		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2866		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2867		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2868		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
2869		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2870	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2871		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
2872		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
2873		of Sun Microsystems.
2874	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2875		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2876		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
2877		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2878		the incoming information in the queue file for later
2879		delivery attempts.
2880	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2881		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2882		smoe.org.
2883	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2884		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
2885		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2886	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2887		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2888	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2889		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2890		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
2891		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2892	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2893		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
2894		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2895	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2896		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2897		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2898		of Northern Illinois University.
2899	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
2900		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2901	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2902		to kilobyte units.
2903	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2904		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2905		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2906		Polytechnic.
2907	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2908		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2909		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
2910		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2911	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2912		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2913		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2914	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2915		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2916	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2917		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2918		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2919	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2920		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2921		G. Thomas Consulting.
2922	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2923		port number (113).
2924	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2925		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2926	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2927		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
2928		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2929	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2930		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2931		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2932		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2933	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2934		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2935		University of Mainz.
2936	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2937		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2938	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
2939		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2940	Portability:
2941		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2942			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
2943			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2944		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2945		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2946			work properly causing problems if the accept()
2947			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
2948			from Tom Moore of NCR.
2949		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
2950			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2951		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2952			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
2953			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2954			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2955			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2956	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2957		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2958	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2959		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
2960		confCACERT			CACERTFile
2961		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
2962		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
2963		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
2964		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
2965		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
2966		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
2967	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2968		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
2969		cf/README for more information.
2970	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2971	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2972		called due to a STARTTLS command.
2973	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2974		instead of temporary.
2975	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2976		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2977		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2978		Consulting.
2979	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2980		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
2981		RootsWeb.com.
2982	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2983		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2984		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2985		University of Maryland.
2986	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2987		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2988	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2989		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2990		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2991		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2992		of the University of Alberta.
2993	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2994		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2995	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2996	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2997		of X.509 certificates.
2998	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2999		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3000		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
3001		Universitat Regensburg.
3002	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3003		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3004	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3005		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3006	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3007		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3008	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3009		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3010		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3011	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3012		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3013	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3014		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3015		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3016		University.
3017	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3018	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3019		links.
3020	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3021		reported.
3022	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3023		Denman Tire Corporation.
3024	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3025		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3026	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3027	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3028		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
3029	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
3030		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3031	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3032		have a From line.
3033	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3034		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3035	Added Files:
3036		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
3037		contrib/cidrexpand
3038		contrib/link_hash.sh
3039		contrib/movemail.conf
3040		contrib/movemail.pl
3041		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3042		test/t_snprintf.c
3043
30448.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
3045	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3046		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3047		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3048		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
3049		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3050	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3051		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3052	Added Files:
3053		test/t_setuid.c
3054
30558.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
3056	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3057		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3058		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
3059		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3060		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
3061		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3062	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3063		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3064	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3065	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3066		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
3067		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3068	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3069		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
3070		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3071	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
3072		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3073	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3074	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3075		or higher.
3076	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3077		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3078	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3079	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3080		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3081		Polytechnic Institute.
3082	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3083		discards the message.
3084	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3085		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3086		attempted to the alias.
3087	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3088		flag options.
3089	Portability:
3090		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3091			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3092			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
3093			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
3094			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3095		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
3096			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3097		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3098			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3099		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3100		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3101			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3102		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3103			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3104			Services, LLC.
3105		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3106			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
3107			Courtesan Consulting.
3108		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
3109			Siemens Business Services.
3110	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3111		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3112		of WSRCC.
3113	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3114	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3115		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3116	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3117		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3118	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3119	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3120		of NEC.
3121	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3122		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3123	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3124		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3125		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3126		Virginia Tech.
3127	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3128		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3129		University.
3130	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3131		for other internal projects but included in the open source
3132		release.
3133	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3134		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3135		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
3136		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3137	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3138		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3139		Sendmail.
3140	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3141		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
3142		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3143	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3144		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
3145	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
3146		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3147		Northern Illinois University.
3148	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3149		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3150		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
3151		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3152	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3153		Polytechnique de Montreal.
3154	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3155		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3156		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3157	Added Files:
3158		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3159		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3160	Deleted Files:
3161		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3162	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3163		doc/intro
3164		doc/usenix
3165		doc/changes
3166
31678.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
3168	    *************************************************************
3169	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
3170	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
3171	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
3172	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
3173	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
3174	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
3175	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
3176	    * coach, and a friend.					*
3177	    *								*
3178	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
3179	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
3180	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
3181	    *************************************************************
3182	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3183		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3184		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3185		symbolic link target.
3186	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3187		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3188		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3189	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3190		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3191		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3192		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
3193		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3194		version of sendmail.
3195	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3196		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
3197		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3198		(IdS).
3199	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
3200		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
3201	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3202		for easier code sharing among the programs.
3203	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
3204		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3205		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3206		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3207		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3208		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3209	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3210		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3211		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3212		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3213	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3214		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3215		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3216	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3217		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3218		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3219	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3220		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3221		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3222		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3223		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3224		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3225	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3226		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3227		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3228	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3229		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3230		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3231		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3232		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3233		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3234	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3235		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3236		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3237		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3238	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3239		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3240		accordingly.
3241	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3242		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3243		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3244		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3245		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3246		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3247		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3248	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3249		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3250		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3251		InCert Software.
3252	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3253		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3254		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3255	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3256		a control socket request.
3257	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3258		settings:
3259		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3260			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3261			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3262			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3263		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3264			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3265			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3266		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3267			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3268			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3269			delivery attempt.
3270		Timeout.resolver.retry
3271			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3272			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3273			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3274		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3275			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3276			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3277		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3278			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3279			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3280			delivery attempt.
3281		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3282	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3283		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3284		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3285		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3286		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3287		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3288		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3289		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3290		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3291		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3292	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3293		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3294		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3295		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3296		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3297		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3298		Telecommunications Ltd.
3299	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3300		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3301		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3302		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3303		Inc.
3304	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3305		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3306		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3307	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3308		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3309	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3310		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3311		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3312	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3313		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3314	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3315	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3316		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3317		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3318	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3319		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3320		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3321	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3322		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3323		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3324		Ltd.
3325	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3326		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3327		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3328		example mailer might be:
3329			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3330				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3331				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3332		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3333	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3334		instead.
3335	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3336		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3337		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3338		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3339	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3340		flags.
3341	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3342		body of the original message on delivery status
3343		notifications.
3344	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3345		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3346	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3347		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3348		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3349	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3350		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3351		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3352	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3353		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3354		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3355		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3356	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3357		Conwell of Boston University.
3358	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3359		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3360	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3361		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3362		@Home Network.
3363	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3364		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3365		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3366	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3367		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3368		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3369	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3370		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3371		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3372		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3373		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3374	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3375		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3376		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3377	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3378		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3379		Mathias Herberts.
3380	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3381		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3382		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3383		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3384		in check_compat).
3385	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3386		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3387		option.
3388	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3389	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3390		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3391	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3392		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3393	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3394	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3395		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3396	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3397		is set.
3398	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3399		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3400	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3401		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
3402		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3403	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3404	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3405	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3406		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
3407		a denial-of-service attack.
3408	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3409		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
3410		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3411		overflow attacks.
3412	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3413		alias recursion.
3414	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3415	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3416	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3417		directly before the newline.
3418	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3419		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3420		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
3421		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3422		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3423		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
3424		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3425		could not be opened.
3426	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
3427		value of this option is macro expanded.
3428	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3429		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3430	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3431		(along with the already existing macros):
3432		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
3433		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3434		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3435		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3436		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3437		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
3438		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3439	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3440		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3441		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
3442		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3443		loopback net.
3444	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3445		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3446		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3447	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3448		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3449		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
3450		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3451		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3452	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
3453		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3454		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
3455		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3456		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3457	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3458		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3459		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
3460		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3461	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3462		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3463		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
3464		Ericsson.
3465	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3466		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
3467		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
3468		of Ericsson.
3469	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3470		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
3471		of Renaissance Internet Services.
3472	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3473		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3474		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3475	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3476		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3477		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
3478		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3479	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3480		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
3481	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3482		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3483	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3484		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3485		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3486	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3487	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3488		equate name.
3489	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3490		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3491	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3492		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3493	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3494		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
3495		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
3496		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3497		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3498		David Cooley of Colby College.
3499	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3500		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
3501		already decided the message will be passed to another host
3502		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3503		Buckeridge Young Limited.
3504	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3505		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3506		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
3507		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
3508		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3509		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
3510		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3511		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
3512		of Stanford University.
3513	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
3514		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3515	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3516		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3517		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
3518		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
3519		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3520		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3521		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3522	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
3523		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3524		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
3525		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3526	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3527	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3528		attributes found in the match will be returned.
3529	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3530		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
3531		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3532		comma separated key and value strings.
3533	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3534		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3535		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3536		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3537		a single connection to that host.
3538	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3539	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3540		LDAP lookups.
3541	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3542		resources.
3543	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3544	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3545	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
3546		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3547		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3548		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
3549		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3550		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3551		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3552		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3553		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3554		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3555		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3556		with the name "*".
3557	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3558		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3559		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3560		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3561		matches to return.
3562	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3563		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
3564		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
3565		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3566		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3567		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3568		are defined.
3569	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3570		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3571		Tech.
3572	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
3573		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3574		important if you have large classes.
3575	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3576		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
3577		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3578	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3579		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3580		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3581		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3582		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
3583		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3584	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3585		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
3586		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3587		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3588		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
3589		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3590		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
3591		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3592	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3593		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3594		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3595		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
3596		has no effect.
3597	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3598		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3599	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
3600		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3601	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3602		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3603	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3604		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3605	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3606		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3607		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
3608		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3609		connection-based denial of service attacks.
3610	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3611		10 or higher.
3612	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3613		information (from= syslog line).
3614	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3615		equate (dsn=).
3616	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3617	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3618		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
3619		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3620	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3621		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3622		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3623	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
3624		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3625	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3626		the program as the default user and the default group, not
3627		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
3628		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3629		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
3630		Popovici of DNT Romania.
3631	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3632		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
3633		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3634	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3635		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3636		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3637	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3638		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3639		helpful to know the sender of the message.
3640	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3641		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3642	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3643		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3644		multiple files.
3645	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3646		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3647		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3648		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3649		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3650		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
3651		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3652		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
3653		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3654	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3655		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3656	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3657		length before the attempt.
3658	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3659		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
3660		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3661		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
3662		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3663	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3664		host status files, not all files.
3665	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3666		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3667		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3668		Wonderworks Inc.
3669	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3670		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
3671		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3672		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3673		of Hannover.
3674	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
3675		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3676		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3677		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
3678		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3679		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3680	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3681		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3682		flag:
3683			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3684		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3685		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3686		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3687	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3688		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
3689		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3690		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
3691		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3692		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3693		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3694	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3695		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
3696		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3697		version.
3698	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3699	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3700	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3701		if referencing a named ruleset.
3702	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3703		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3704	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3705		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
3706		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
3707		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3708		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
3709		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
3710		the University of Maryland.
3711	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3712		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3713	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3714		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
3715	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3716		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3717		COMMANDS).
3718	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3719		but for outgoing connections.
3720	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3721		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3722			a	require authentication
3723			b	bind to interface through which mail has
3724				been received
3725			c	perform hostname canonification
3726			f	require fully qualified hostname
3727			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3728				command
3729			C	don't perform hostname canonification
3730			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3731	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3732			h	use name of interface for HELO command
3733	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3734	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3735		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3736		Institutes of Health.
3737	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3738		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3739	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3740	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
3741		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3742	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3743	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3744		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3745	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3746		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3747	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3748		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
3749		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3750	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3751		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3752		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3753	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3754	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3755		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3756		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3757	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3758		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
3759		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3760		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
3761		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3762	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3763		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3764		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3765		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3766		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3767		timeout.
3768	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3769		interface address structure when loading the system network
3770		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3771		Nanoteq.
3772	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3773		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3774		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
3775		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
3776		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3777	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3778		on load average.
3779	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3780		Northern Illinois University.
3781	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3782		envelope splitting has occurred.
3783	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3784		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3785	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3786	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3787		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3788		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3789		Institute.
3790	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3791		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
3792		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3793	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3794		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3795		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
3796		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3797	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3798		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3799	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3800		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3801	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3802		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3803	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
3804		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3805	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3806		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3807		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3808		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3809	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3810		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3811	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
3812		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3813	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3814		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3815		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3816		University.
3817	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3818		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3819		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3820	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3821		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
3822		ruleset lines as well.
3823	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3824		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3825		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
3826		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3827		Institute.
3828	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3829		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3830		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3831	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3832		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3833		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3834		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3835	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3836		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3837		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3838		of Ericsson.
3839	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3840		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3841		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3842		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3843	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3844		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3845		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
3846		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3847		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3848	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3849		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3850		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
3851		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3852	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3853		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
3854		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3855		University.
3856	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3857		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3858		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3859		'sendmail -bs'.
3860	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3861		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3862		them in the .cf file.
3863	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3864		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3865		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3866		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3867	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3868		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3869	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3870		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
3871		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3872	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3873		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3874		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
3875		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
3876		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3877	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
3878		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3879	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3880		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
3881		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3882	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
3883		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3884	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3885		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3886		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
3887	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3888		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
3889		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3890	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3891		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
3892		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
3893		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3894	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3895		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
3896		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
3897		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3898		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
3899		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3900	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3901		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
3902		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3903		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
3904		don't fail on ANY queries.
3905	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3906		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3907		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3908		Northern Illinois University.
3909	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3910		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3911		State University.
3912	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3913		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3914		Northern Illinois University.
3915	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3916		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3917	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3918	Portability:
3919		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3920			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3921			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3922			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
3923			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3924		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3925			This allows network interface probing to work
3926			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
3927			University of Iowa.
3928		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3929		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3930			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3931			name.
3932		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3933		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3934			Virginia Tech.
3935		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3936		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3937			Amsterdam.
3938		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3939		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3940			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3941		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3942			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3943			in building the operating system.  Users can
3944			override the defaults by setting confCC and
3945			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3946		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3947		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3948		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3949			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3950		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3951			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3952		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3953			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3954		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3955			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3956		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
3957			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3958		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3959			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3960			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3961		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3962		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3963			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
3964			use that value in conf.h.
3965		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
3966			BITart Consulting.
3967		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3968			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3969			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3970			Computer, Inc.
3971		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
3972			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3973			of E I A.
3974		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3975			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3976		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3977			fchown(2).
3978		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3979			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
3980		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3981			srandomdev(3).
3982		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3983			setlogin(2).
3984		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3985			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3986			Siemens Business Services.
3987		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3988			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3989			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3990		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3991			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3992		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3993			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3994			Aerospace.
3995		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3996			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3997			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3998		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3999			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4000			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4001			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4002			University.
4003		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
4004			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4005			Technology Information Network.
4006		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
4007			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4008		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4009		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4010			and OpenBSD.
4011		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4012			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
4013			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
4014			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4015	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
4016		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
4017		details.
4018	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4019		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4020	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4021	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4022		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4023		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4024	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
4025		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
4026		Courtesan Consulting.
4027	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4028	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4029		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4030		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4031	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4032		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4033		multiple times.
4034	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4035		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4036		with From:).
4037	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4038		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4039	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4040		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
4041		new functionality.
4042	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4043		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
4044		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
4045		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
4046		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
4047		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
4048		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
4049		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
4050		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
4051		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
4052		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
4053		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
4054		confPID_FILE			PidFile
4055		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
4056		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
4057		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
4058		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4059		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4060		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4061		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
4062		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4063		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4064		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
4065		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
4066	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4067		which takes the options as argument and can be used
4068		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4069	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4070		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4071		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
4072		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4073		to "IPC $h".
4074	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4075		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4076		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4077	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4078		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
4079		value should be changed with care.
4080	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4081		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4082	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4083		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4084		complain.
4085	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4086		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
4087		of Q7 Enterprises.
4088	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4089		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4090		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4091		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4092	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4093		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4094		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4095		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4096		of Northern Illinois University.
4097	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4098		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4099		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4100	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4101		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4102		in it.
4103	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4104		in class 'P' ($=P).
4105	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4106		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4107		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4108		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
4109		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4110		is added.
4111	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4112		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4113	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4114		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4115	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4116		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4117	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
4118		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4119	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4120		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4121	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
4122		Hubert of University of Washington.
4123	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4124		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
4125		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4126	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4127	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4128		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
4129		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4130	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
4131		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4132		Services.
4133	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4134		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4135		Aerospace.
4136	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4137		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4138		University and Brian Candler.
4139	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4140		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4141	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4142		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4143		Institute.
4144	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4145		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4146	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4147		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4148		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4149	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4150		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4151	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4152		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4153		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4154	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4155		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4156		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4157	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4158		converted to <user@d>
4159	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4160		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4161	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4162		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4163		performed.
4164	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4165		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4166		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4167		Institute.
4168	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4169		be accessed by their numbers).
4170	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4171		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4172		of an address.
4173	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4174		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4175		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4176		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4177	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4178		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4179		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4180	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4181		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4182	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4183	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4184		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4185		Institute.
4186	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4187	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4188		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4189		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
4190		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4191	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4192		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4193		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4194	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4195		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4196	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4197		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4198	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4199		University of California at Berkeley.
4200	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4201		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4202	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
4203		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4204	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4205		Corporation UK.
4206	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4207	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4208		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4209		Yale University.
4210	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4211		be used for building.
4212	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4213		used for a fresh build.
4214	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4215	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4216		ranlib.
4217	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4218		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4219	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4220		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4221		Costales.
4222	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4223		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4224		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4225		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4226	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4227		of Siemens Business Services.
4228	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4229		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4230		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4231		torek.
4232	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4233		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4234		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4235		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4236		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4237	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4238		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4239		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4240		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4241		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4242	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4243		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4244		are in devtools/README.
4245	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4246		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4247	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4248		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4249		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4250		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4251	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4252		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4253		macro.
4254	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4255	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4256		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4257		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4258		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4259		Corporation.
4260	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4261		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4262		confMANROOTMAN.
4263	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4264		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4265		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4266	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4267		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4268		Communications.
4269	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4270		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4271	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4272		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4273		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4274	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4275		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4276		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4277	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4278		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4279		install-strip target.
4280	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4281		the others (if it exists).
4282	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4283		then the default ones.
4284	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4285		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4286		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4287		to set the S flag.
4288	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4289		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4290		Northern Illinois University.
4291	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4292		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4293		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4294	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4295		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4296		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4297		University.
4298	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4299		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4300		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4301		University.
4302	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4303		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4304		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4305		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4306		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4307		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4308		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4309		University.
4310	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4311		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4312		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4313	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4314		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4315		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4316		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4317		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4318		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4319		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4320		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4321		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4322		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4323		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4324	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4325		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4326		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4327	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4328		timeout to avoid starvation.
4329	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4330		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4331		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4332	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4333	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4334		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4335		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4336		of Maryland.
4337	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4338		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4339		sendmail configuration file.
4340	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4341		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4342		option.
4343	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4344		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4345	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4346		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4347	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4348		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4349	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4350		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4351	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4352		Corporation UK.
4353	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4354		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4355		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4356		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4357	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4358		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4359		Institute for Global Communications.
4360	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4361		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4362		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4363	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4364		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4365		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4366	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4367		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4368		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4369	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4370		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4371	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4372	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4373		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4374	Changed Files:
4375		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4376			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4377			which execute the actual Build script in
4378			devtools/bin.
4379		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4380			-mandoc as they were previously.
4381		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4382			of Build will work (unless parameters are
4383			required for Build).
4384	New Directories:
4385		devtools/M4/UNIX
4386		include
4387		libmilter
4388		libsmdb
4389		libsmutil
4390		vacation
4391	Renamed Directories:
4392		BuildTools => devtools
4393		src => sendmail
4394	Deleted Files:
4395		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
4396		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4397		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4398		devtools/OS/SINIX
4399		sendmail/ldap_map.h
4400	New Files:
4401		INSTALL
4402		PGPKEYS
4403		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4404		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4405		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4406		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
4407		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4408		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4409		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4410		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4411		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
4412		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
4413		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
4414		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4415		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4416		contrib/domainmap.m4
4417		contrib/qtool.8
4418		contrib/qtool.pl
4419		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4420		devtools/M4/list.m4
4421		devtools/M4/string.m4
4422		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4423		devtools/M4/switch.m4
4424		devtools/OS/Darwin
4425		devtools/OS/GNU
4426		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4427		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4428		devtools/OS/m88k
4429		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4430		mail.local/Makefile
4431		mailstats/Makefile
4432		makemap/Makefile
4433		praliases/Makefile
4434		rmail/Makefile
4435		sendmail/Makefile
4436		sendmail/bf.h
4437		sendmail/bf_portable.c
4438		sendmail/bf_portable.h
4439		sendmail/bf_torek.c
4440		sendmail/bf_torek.h
4441		sendmail/shmticklib.c
4442		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4443		sendmail/timers.c
4444		sendmail/timers.h
4445		smrsh/Makefile
4446		vacation/Makefile
4447	Renamed Files:
4448		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4449		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4450		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4451		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4452		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4453		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4454		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4455		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4456		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4457	Copied Files:
4458		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4459
44608.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
4461	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4462		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4463		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4464		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4465		Schools" project (IdS).
4466	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4467		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
4468		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
4469		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4470	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4471		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
4472		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
4473		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4474	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4475		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4476		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4477		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4478	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4479		ExecPC Internet Systems.
4480	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4481		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4482		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4483		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
4484		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4485		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4486	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4487		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
4488		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4489		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4490	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4491		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4492		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4493		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4494	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4495		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4496	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4497		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
4498		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4499		group of the IETF.
4500	Portability:
4501		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4502			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
4503			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4504			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
4505			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
4506			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4507			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4508			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4509			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4510			Technical University of Denmark.
4511		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4512			Supercomputer Center.
4513		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4514			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4515			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4516			of Stanford University.
4517		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4518			between different releases.  Back out the
4519			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4520			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4521			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4522			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4523		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4524			of Siemens/SNI.
4525		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4526	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4527		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4528		University of Brno.
4529	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4530		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
4531		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4532	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4533		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
4534		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4535	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
4536		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4537	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4538		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4539		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4540	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4541		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4542		MIDS Europe.
4543	New Files:
4544		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4545		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4546		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4547
45488.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
4549	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4550		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
4551		for a denial of service attack.
4552	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4553		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4554	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4555		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4556		Corporation UK.
4557	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4558		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4559	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4560		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4561	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4562		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
4563		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4564		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4565		Internet Services.
4566	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4567		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4568		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4569		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4570	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4571		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4572		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4573	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
4574		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4575	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4576		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4577		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4578	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4579		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4580		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4581	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4582		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4583		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4584		Internet Services.
4585	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4586		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
4587		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4588	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4589		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4590		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
4591		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4592		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
4593		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4594		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4595		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4596		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4597		extended testing.
4598	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4599		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4600	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4601		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4602		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4603		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4604	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4605		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4606		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4607		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4608		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4609	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
4610		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4611		Network.
4612	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
4613		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4614	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4615		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4616		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
4617		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
4618		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4619	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4620		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
4621		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4622	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
4623		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4624	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4625		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
4626		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4627		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
4628		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4629	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4630		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4631		Meteorological Institute.
4632	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4633	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
4634		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4635	Portability:
4636		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4637		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4638			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
4639			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4640		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4641			reading network interface addresses into
4642			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
4643			Cal State University, Chico.
4644		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4645			from changing the semantics of the compiled
4646			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
4647			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4648		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
4649			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4650		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4651		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
4652			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4653		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4654		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4655			of Sun Microsystems.
4656		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
4657			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4658		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
4659			of Bits Co., Ltd.
4660		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
4661			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4662		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
4663			of E I A.
4664		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4665			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4666			Information Center.
4667		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4668			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4669			Institute.
4670		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
4671			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4672	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4673		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
4674		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4675	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4676		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4677		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
4678		Manawatu Internet Services.
4679	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4680		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4681		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
4682		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4683		of Northern Illinois University.
4684	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
4685		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4686		Kiel.
4687	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4688		Dot Com.
4689	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
4690		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4691		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4692	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4693		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4694		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4695		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4696		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4697		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4698	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4699		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4700	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
4701		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4702	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
4703		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4704	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4705		the envelope From header.
4706	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4707		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4708	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4709		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4710	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4711		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4712		Portal Services, Inc.
4713	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4714		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
4715		Sun Microsystems.
4716	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4717	New Files:
4718		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4719		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4720		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4721		contrib/smcontrol.pl
4722		src/control.c
4723
47248.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
4725	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4726		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4727		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4728		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4729	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4730		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4731		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4732		Meteorological Institute.
4733	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4734		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
4735		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4736	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4737		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
4738		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
4739		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4740	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4741		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4742	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4743		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4744	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4745		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4746		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4747	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4748		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4749		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4750		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4751	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4752		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
4753		Flextech TV.
4754	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4755		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
4756		DaveLtd Enterprises.
4757	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4758		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
4759		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4760		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4761	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
4762		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4763	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
4764		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4765	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4766		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4767		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4768	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4769		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4770		University.
4771	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4772		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
4773		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4774		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4775		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4776		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4777	Portability:
4778		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4779			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4780			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4781			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4782		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
4783			of BSDI.
4784		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
4785			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4786			PICT Inc.
4787		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
4788			J. P. McCann of E I A.
4789		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
4790			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
4791	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4792		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4793		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4794		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4795	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4796		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4797		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4798	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4799		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
4800		would not accept @@hostname.
4801	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4802		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4803	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4804		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
4805		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4806	New Files:
4807		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4808
48098.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
4810	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4811		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4812		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4813		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
4814		which need the ability to override security can use the
4815		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
4816		information.
4817	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4818		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4819		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4820		world writable directories.
4821	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4822		it is in a world writable directory.
4823	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4824		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4825		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
4826		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4827		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4828	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4829		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4830		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4831	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4832		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4833		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
4834		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4835		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4836		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
4837		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4838		default.
4839	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4840		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4841		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4842		the University of Maryland.
4843	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
4844		of Cal State University, Chico.
4845	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
4846		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4847		current version of Berkeley DB.
4848	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4849		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4850	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4851		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4852		of Maryland.
4853	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4854		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4855		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
4856		Microsystems.
4857	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4858		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4859		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
4860		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4861	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4862		mail.local on the F=z flag.
4863	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
4864		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4865		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
4866		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4867	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4868		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4869		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4870		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4871		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4872	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4873		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4874		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4875		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4876	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4877		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
4878		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4879	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
4880		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4881		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4882	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4883		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4884		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
4885		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4886		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4887		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4888		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
4889		relaying entirely.
4890	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4891		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4892		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4893		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4894	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
4895		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4896		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4897		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4898	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4899		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
4900		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4901		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4902		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4903	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4904		sender for those failures.
4905	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4906		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4907		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4908		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
4909		of Ericsson.
4910	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4911		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4912		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4913		of Procter & Gamble.
4914	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4915		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4916		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4917		of Procter & Gamble.
4918	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
4919		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4920		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
4921		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
4922		DontBlameSendmail options are:
4923			Safe
4924			AssumeSafeChown
4925			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4926			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4927			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4928			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4929			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4930			GroupWritableAliasFile
4931			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4932			WorldWritableAliasFile
4933			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4934			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4935			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4936			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4937			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4938			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4939			MapInUnsafeDirPath
4940			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4941			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4942			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4943			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4944			LinkedMapInWritableDir
4945			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4946			FileDeliveryToHardLink
4947			FileDeliveryToSymLink
4948			WriteMapToHardLink
4949			WriteMapToSymLink
4950			WriteStatsToHardLink
4951			WriteStatsToSymLink
4952			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4953			RunWritableProgram
4954	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4955		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
4956		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4957		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4958		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4959	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4960		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4961	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4962		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4963	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4964	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4965		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4966		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4967		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4968		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4969	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4970		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4971		contrast to the success case).
4972	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
4973		of the form:
4974			HHeader: $>Ruleset
4975		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4976		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4977		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4978	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4979		from hiding their connection information in Received:
4980		headers.
4981	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4982		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
4983		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4984		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4985	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4986		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4987		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4988		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4989		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4990		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4991	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4992		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4993		remote identity can be queried.
4994	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4995		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4996		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4997		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4998	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4999		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5000		some of the details are determined dynamically via
5001		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5002	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5003		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5004		the new Build method which creates an operating system
5005		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5006	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5007		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5008		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
5009		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5010		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
5011		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5012	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5013		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5014		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5015		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5016		This means that even if only one of the recipients
5017		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5018		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5019	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5020		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
5021		of CNET: The Computer Network.
5022	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5023	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5024		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5025	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5026		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5027	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5028		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5029		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5030		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5031	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5032		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5033		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5034		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5035	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5036		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
5037		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5038	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5039		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5040		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5041		Institute.
5042	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5043		mail.local.
5044	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5045		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
5046		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5047	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5048		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5049		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5050	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5051		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5052		of InfoBeat, Inc.
5053	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
5054		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5055	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5056		mailstats command.
5057	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5058		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
5059		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5060	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5061		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5062		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
5063		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5064	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
5065		Ericsson.
5066	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5067		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
5068		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
5069		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5070	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5071		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
5072		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5073		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5074		Stratus Computer, Inc.
5075	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5076		currently supported version.
5077	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
5078		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5079	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5080		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5081		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
5082		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5083	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5084		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5085		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5086		message in error bounces.
5087	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5088		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5089		Digital Equipment Corporation.
5090	Portability:
5091		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5092			of Kyoto University.
5093		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
5094			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5095			Maryland.
5096		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5097		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5098			in Finland.
5099		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5100			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5101			the University of Maryland.
5102		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5103			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5104		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5105			Meteorological Institute.
5106		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5107			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5108		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5109		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5110		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5111		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5112			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
5113			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
5114			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5115			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5116		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
5117			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5118		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5119			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
5120			Microsystems.
5121	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5122	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5123		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
5124		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5125	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5126		directory for certain programs.
5127	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5128		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5129		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5130		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
5131		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5132	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5133		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
5134		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
5135		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5136	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5137		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5138		the user to setup different .forward files for
5139		user+detail addressing.
5140	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5141		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5142		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5143	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5144		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5145		outside your domain).
5146	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5147		any site to any site.
5148	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5149		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5150	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5151		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5152	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5153		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
5154		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5155		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5156		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5157	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5158		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5159	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5160		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5161	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5162		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5163		host names only.
5164	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
5165		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
5166		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5167		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5168		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
5169		needed for most installations.
5170	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5171		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
5172		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5173		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5174		the University of Maryland.
5175	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5176		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5177		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5178	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5179		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5180		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5181	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5182		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5183	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5184		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5185	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5186		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
5187		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5188		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
5189		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5190	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5191		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5192		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
5193		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
5194		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
5195		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5196		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5197	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5198		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5199	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5200		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
5201		above for more information.
5202	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5203		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5204		Meteorological Institute.
5205	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5206		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5207		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
5208		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
5209		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5210	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5211		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5212	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5213		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5214		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5215		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5216	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5217		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5218		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5219		CMU (now of Netscape).
5220	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5221		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5222		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5223		read mail.local/README.
5224	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5225		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5226		University of Maryland.
5227	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5228		University, Chico.
5229	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5230		Meteorological Institute.
5231	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5232		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5233		University of Maryland.
5234	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5235		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5236	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5237	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5238	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5239		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5240		Braunschweig.
5241	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5242		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5243		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5244	Changed Files:
5245		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5246			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5247		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5248	New Files:
5249		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5250		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5251		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5252		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5253		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5254		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5255		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5256		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5257		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5258		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5259		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5260		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5261		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5262		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5263		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5264		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5265		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5266		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5267		BuildTools/README
5268		BuildTools/Site/README
5269		BuildTools/bin/Build
5270		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5271		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5272		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5273		Makefile
5274		cf/cf/Build
5275		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5276		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5277		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5278		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5279		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5280		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5281		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5282		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5283		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5284		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5285		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5286		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5287		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5288		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5289		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5290		mail.local/Build
5291		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5292		mail.local/README
5293		mailstats/Build
5294		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5295		makemap/Build
5296		makemap/Makefile.m4
5297		praliases/Build
5298		praliases/Makefile.m4
5299		rmail/Build
5300		rmail/Makefile.m4
5301		rmail/rmail.0
5302		smrsh/Build
5303		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5304		src/Build
5305		src/Makefile.m4
5306		src/snprintf.c
5307	Deleted Files:
5308		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5309		mail.local/Makefile
5310		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5311		mailstats/Makefile
5312		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5313		makemap/Makefile
5314		makemap/Makefile.dist
5315		praliases/Makefile
5316		praliases/Makefile.dist
5317		rmail/Makefile
5318		smrsh/Makefile
5319		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5320		src/Makefile
5321		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5322		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5323			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5324		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5325	Renamed Files:
5326		READ_ME => README
5327		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5328		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5329		src/READ_ME => src/README
5330
53318.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5332	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5333		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5334		Meteorological Institute.
5335	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5336		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5337		Arseneault of SRI International.
5338	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5339		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5340		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5341	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5342		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5343	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5344		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5345		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5346		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5347	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5348		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5349		River Systems.
5350	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5351		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5352		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5353		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5354		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5355	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5356		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5357		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5358		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5359		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5360	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5361		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5362		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5363		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5364	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5365	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5366		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5367	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5368		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5369		results during a single message processing (but would
5370		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5371		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5372	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5373		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5374		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5375	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5376		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5377		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5378		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5379	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5380		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
5381		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5382		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5383	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5384		and the inability to save a bounce message to
5385		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5386		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5387		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5388		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5389		Associates.
5390	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
5391		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5392		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5393		could cause confusing error messages.
5394	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5395		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
5396		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5397		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5398		SuperNet, Inc.
5399	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
5400		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5401	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5402		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5403		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5404	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5405		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5406		dropped.
5407	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5408		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
5409		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5410	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5411		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5412		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5413	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5414		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5415		Institute.
5416	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5417		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5418		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5419		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5420	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5421		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5422		RUS University of Stuttgart.
5423	Minor lint fixes.
5424	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5425		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
5426		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
5427		of Stanford University.
5428	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5429		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
5430		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5431	Portability:
5432		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5433			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5434			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5435			Electronic Data Systems.
5436		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
5437			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5438		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5439		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5440			loader environment variables into the loader memory
5441			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
5442			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5443			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5444			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
5445			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5446		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5447			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5448			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
5449			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5450		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
5451			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5452		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
5453			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5454		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5455			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5456			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5457			Services.
5458		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5459			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5460		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5461			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
5462			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5463		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5464			Services VAS.
5465	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5466	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5467	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5468			Ericsson.
5469
54708.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
5471	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5472		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5473		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5474		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5475		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5476		GmbH.
5477	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5478		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
5479		of Technology, Stockholm.
5480	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5481		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5482		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5483		that these routines are included as though they were in the
5484		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5485	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5486		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5487		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5488		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5489	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5490		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
5491		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5492		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5493	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
5494		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5495		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
5496		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5497	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5498	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5499		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
5500		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5501	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5502		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5503		have to assume that the information is good.
5504	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5505		open or locked.
5506	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5507	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5508		errors during testing.
5509	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5510		printed in the error message.
5511	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5512		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5513	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5514		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5515		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5516	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5517		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5518		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5519	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5520		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
5521		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5522		runner runs during a critical section in another message
5523		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5524		Results Computing.
5525	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5526		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5527		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5528		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
5529		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5530	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5531		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5532		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5533		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5534		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5535		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5536		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5537		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5538		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
5539		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5540		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5541		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5542		simultaneously.
5543	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5544		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5545	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5546		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
5547		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5548	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5549		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5550		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
5551		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5552	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5553		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
5554		CSU Chico.
5555	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5556		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
5557		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5558		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5559	Portability:
5560		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5561			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
5562			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5563			be used instead.
5564		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
5565			of Argonne National Laboratory.
5566		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5567		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5568		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
5569			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5570		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5571			in Makefiles.
5572		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5573			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5574		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5575			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5576			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5577			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5578			NCR Corp.
5579		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
5580			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5581		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
5582			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5583			Resource Network
5584		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5585			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5586			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
5587			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
5588			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5589			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5590		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5591			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5592			Corp.
5593		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5594			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
5595			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5596		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5597			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5598		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5599			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5600			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5601			PlainTalk.
5602	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5603		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
5604		by Harry Styron.
5605	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
5606		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5607	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5608	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5609		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5610		changed after open".
5611	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
5612		files.
5613	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5614	NEW FILES:
5615		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5616		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5617		test/t_exclopen.c
5618		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5619	DELETED FILES:
5620		Makefile
5621
56228.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
5623	    *************************************************************
5624	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
5625	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
5626	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
5627	    * continued sendmail development.				*
5628	    *************************************************************
5629	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5630		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5631		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
5632		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5633		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5634		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
5635		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5636		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
5637		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5638		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
5639		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5640		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5641		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
5642		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5643		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5644		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5645	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5646		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5647		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5648		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5649		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5650		another database; this can be used either to expose
5651		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5652		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5653		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
5654		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5655		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5656		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5657		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
5658		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5659		system directories.
5660	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5661		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5662		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
5663		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
5664		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5665		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5666		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5667	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5668		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5669		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5670		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5671		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5672		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5673		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5674		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5675		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5676		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5677		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5678		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5679		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5680		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
5681		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5682		NFS-mounted filesystems.
5683	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5684		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5685		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5686		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5687		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
5688		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5689	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5690		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
5691		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5692	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5693		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5694		same host).
5695	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5696		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
5697		from Theo de Raadt.
5698	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5699		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
5700		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5701	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5702		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5703		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5704	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5705		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
5706		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5707	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5708		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5709		Microsystems.
5710	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5711		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
5712		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5713	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5714		too large) don't send the bogus message.
5715	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5716		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
5717		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5718	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5719		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
5720		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5721	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5722		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
5723		Shapiro.
5724	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5725		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
5726		Sun Microsystems.
5727	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5728		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5729		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5730		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
5731		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
5732		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5733	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5734		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5735		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5736		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5737		Mercury Mail.
5738	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5739		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5740		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5741		Morgan Stanley.
5742	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5743		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5744		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
5745		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5746	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5747		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5748		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5749		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
5750		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5751		not be run.
5752	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5753		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5754		printing.
5755	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5756		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5757		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5758	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5759		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
5760	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5761	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5762		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
5763		erroneous results during a single message processing
5764		(but would recover when the next message was received).
5765	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5766		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
5767		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5768		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5769		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
5770		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5771		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5772	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5773		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5774		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5775		address as "may be forged".
5776	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5777		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5778		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5779	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5780		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5781		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
5782		of TwinCom.
5783	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5784		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5785		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5786		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5787	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5788		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5789		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5790	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5791		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5792		Institute.
5793	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5794		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
5795		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5796		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5797		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
5798		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5799		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5800		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5801	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5802		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
5803		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5804		book (2nd edition).
5805	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5806		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5807		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
5808		John Beck of SunSoft.
5809	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5810		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5811		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5812	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5813		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5814	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5815		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5816	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
5817		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5818	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
5819		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5820		returns.
5821	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5822		on some architectures.
5823	Portability:
5824		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5825		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5826			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
5827			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5828			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5829			of Washington.
5830		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5831			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5832			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5833		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5834		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5835		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5836		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5837			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5838			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
5839			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5840		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5841		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5842			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5843			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5844			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5845			Cambridge.
5846		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
5847			Kari Hurtta.
5848		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5849			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5850			IRIX Makefile).
5851		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5852			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5853	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5854		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
5855		Brian Candler.
5856	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5857		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5858		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5859	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5860		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5861		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5862	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5863		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
5864		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5865	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5866		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
5867		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5868	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5869		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5870		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5871	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5872		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5873		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5874		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5875		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5876	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5877		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5878		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
5879		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5880	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5881		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5882		was specified, even when it wasn't.
5883	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
5884	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5885		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5886		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
5887		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5888		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5889	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5890		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5891		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
5892		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5893		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5894		developers).
5895	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
5896		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
5897		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5898	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5899		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5900		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5901		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5902	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5903		NEXTSTEP.
5904	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5905		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5906		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
5907		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
5908		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5909	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
5910		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5911		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5912		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5913		for system accounts.
5914	NEW FILES:
5915		src/safefile.c
5916		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5917		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
5918		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5919		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5920		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5921	RENAMED FILES:
5922		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5923		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5924
59258.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
5926	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
5927		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5928		even if RunAsUser is specified.
5929	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
5930		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5931		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5932	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5933		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5934		University of Pennsylvania.
5935	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5936		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
5937		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5938		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5939		was unnecessarily awful.
5940	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5941		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5942		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5943	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5944		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5945		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5946		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5947		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5948		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5949	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5950		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5951	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5952		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
5953		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5954	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5955		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5956		Semiconductor Corp.
5957	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5958		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
5959		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5960		at Austin.
5961	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5962		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5963		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
5964		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
5965		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5966	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5967		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5968		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5969		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5970		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5971	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5972		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
5973		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5974		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
5975		Costales.
5976	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5977		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5978		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5979		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
5980		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5981	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5982		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5983		The current values and defaults are:
5984		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5985		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5986		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5987		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5988		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5989	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5990		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5991		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5992	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5993		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5994	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5995		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5996		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5997		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5998		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5999		Eric Hagberg.
6000	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6001		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6002		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6003		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6004	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6005		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6006		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6007		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6008	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6009		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6010		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6011		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6012		Communications.
6013	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6014		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6015		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6016		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6017	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
6018		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6019	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6020		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6021	PORTABILITY:
6022		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6023			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6024		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6025			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6026		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6027		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6028			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6029			(Moscow).
6030		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6031		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6032		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6033		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6034		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6035			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6036	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6037		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
6038		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6039		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6040		Received: line.
6041	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6042		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
6043		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6044		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6045		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
6046		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6047	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6048		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
6049		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6050		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6051		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6052		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
6053		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
6054		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
6055		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6056		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6057	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6058		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6059		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
6060		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6061		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6062	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6063		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6064		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6065	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6066		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6067		Long Beach.
6068
60698.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
6070	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6071		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6072		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
6073		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6074		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
6075		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
6076		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6077	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6078		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6079		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
6080		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6081		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
6082		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
6083		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6084		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6085		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6086	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6087		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
6088		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6089	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6090		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6091		Problem noted by several people.
6092	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6093		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6094		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
6095		by several people.
6096	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6097		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6098	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6099		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6100		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6101		of Best Internet Communications.
6102	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
6103		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6104	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6105		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6106		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6107		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6108		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6109	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6110		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
6111	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6112		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6113	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6114		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6115	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6116		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6117		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
6118		by Roy Mongiovi.
6119	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
6120		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6121	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6122		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6123		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
6124		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
6125		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6126	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6127		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6128		of Kyoto University.
6129	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6130		conditions from Don Lewis.
6131	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6132		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6133		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6134		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
6135		patch from Bryan Costales.
6136	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6137		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6138			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
6139			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
6140			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6141			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6142		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
6143			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6144		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
6145			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6146		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
6147			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6148			of Tokyo.
6149		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6150			Services, Inc.
6151		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6152			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6153			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6154			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6155		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6156			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6157	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6158		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6159	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6160		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6161	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6162		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6163		of NTT Software Corporation.
6164	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6165	NEW FILES:
6166		contrib/etrn.pl
6167
61688.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
6169	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6170		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
6171		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6172		best-of-security list.
6173	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6174		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6175		should make it clearer to people that they are running
6176		the wrong binary.
6177	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6178		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6179		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6180		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
6181		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6182	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6183		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6184		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
6185		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6186	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6187		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6188	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6189		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6190		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
6191		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6192		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6193		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6194		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6195		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
6196		Eric Wassenaar.
6197	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
6198		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6199		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6200		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6201		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6202		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6203		UUNET.
6204	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6205		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6206		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6207		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
6208		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6209	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6210		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6211		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6212		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6213	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6214		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6215	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6216		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6217		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6218		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6219	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6220		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6221		University of Linkoping.
6222	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6223		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6224		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6225	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6226		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6227		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6228		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6229		other end.
6230	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6231		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6232		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6233	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6234		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6235		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6236		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6237	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6238		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6239			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6240			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6241			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6242		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6243			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6244		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6245			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6246		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6247			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6248			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6249			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6250		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6251			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6252			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6253			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6254			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6255			Earickson of Colby College.
6256		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6257			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6258			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6259			Kari Hurtta.
6260	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6261		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6262		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6263	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6264		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6265		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6266		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6267	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6268		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6269		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6270		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6271		University of Washington, Seattle.
6272	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6273		Polytechnic Institute.
6274	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6275		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6276	NEW FILES:
6277		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6278		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6279		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6280
62818.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6282	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6283		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6284	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6285		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6286			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6287			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6288	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6289		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6290	CONFIG: no changes.
6291
62928.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6293	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6294		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6295		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6296	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6297		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6298		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6299		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6300		of WPI.
6301	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6302		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6303		Kyoto University.
6304	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6305		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6306		on illegal host names.
6307	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6308		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6309		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6310	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6311		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6312		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6313	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6314		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6315		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6316	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6317		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6318		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6319	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6320		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6321		University of Leicester.
6322	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6323		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6324		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6325		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6326		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6327		University of Washington.
6328	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6329		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6330			people pointed this out.
6331		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6332		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6333			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6334	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6335		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6336	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6337		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6338		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6339		Softec.
6340	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6341		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6342	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6343		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6344
63458.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6346	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6347		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6348	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6349		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6350		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6351	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6352		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6353		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6354		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6355	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6356		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6357		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6358		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6359		NSC (Japan).
6360	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6361		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6362		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6363	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6364		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6365		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6366		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6367	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6368		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6369		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6370		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6371		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6372		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6373		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6374		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6375	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6376		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6377	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6378		printout.
6379	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6380	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6381		square braces.
6382	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6383		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6384		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6385	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6386		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
6387		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6388		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6389	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6390		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6391		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6392		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6393	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6394		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6395		Dandelion Digital.
6396	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6397		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6398	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6399		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6400		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
6401	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6402		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6403		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6404	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6405		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
6406	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6407		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6408		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6409		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
6410		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6411	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6412		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6413	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6414		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6415		mailers.
6416	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6417		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
6418		Myers of CMU.
6419	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6420		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6421		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
6422		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6423		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
6424		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
6425	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6426		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6427		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6428		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
6429		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6430		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6431		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6432		parameter.
6433	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6434		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6435		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6436		University of Maryland.
6437	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
6438		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6439	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6440		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6441		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6442	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
6443		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6444		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6445		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6446		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
6447		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6448		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
6449	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
6450		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6451		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
6452		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
6453		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6454	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6455		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6456		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
6457		section 5.2.5.
6458	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6459		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6460		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
6461		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6462		is for incoming connections only.
6463	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
6464		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6465		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
6466		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
6467		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6468		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6469		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6470		(e.g., due to connection caching).
6471	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6472		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6473		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6474		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
6475		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6476		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6477		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6478		that take a very long time to run.
6479	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
6480		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6481		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6482	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6483		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
6484		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6485	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6486		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6487		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6488	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6489		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
6490		Costales.
6491	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6492		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6493		Technologies, Inc.
6494	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6495		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6496		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6497	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6498		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6499		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6500		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6501		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6502		different for this case.
6503	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6504		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6505		of Stanford University.
6506	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6507		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6508		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
6509		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6510	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6511		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
6512		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6513	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6514		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
6515		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6516	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6517		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6518		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
6519		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6520	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6521		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6522		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6523		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6524		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6525		Pasteur Institute.
6526	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6527		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6528		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
6529		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6530	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6531		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
6532		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6533		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6534		canonification.
6535	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6536		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6537		mailers.
6538	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6539		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6540		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6541		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
6542		either of these in their configuration file.
6543	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6544		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
6545		St. Peter's College.
6546	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6547		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
6548	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6549		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6550	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
6551		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6552	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6553		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
6554		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6555		Costales.
6556	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6557		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6558		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
6559		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6560		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6561		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
6562		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6563		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6564		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6565		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6566		in rulesets.
6567	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6568		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6569		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6570		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6571		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6572		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6573		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6574		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6575	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6576		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6577		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6578		on that basis.
6579	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
6580		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6581	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6582		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6583		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6584		Vixie.
6585	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
6586		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6587		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6588		See also the src/READ_ME file.
6589	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6590		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
6591		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6592		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6593		two characters $, +.
6594	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6595		debug_dumpstate.
6596	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6597		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6598		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6599		valid recipients.
6600	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6601		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
6602		noted by Tom May.
6603	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6604		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6605		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
6606		Beck of InReference, Inc.
6607	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6608		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6609		Computing Corporation.
6610	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6611		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6612		Internet Communications.
6613	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6614		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6615		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6616		of Lysator.
6617	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
6618		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6619		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6620		of the University of Iceland.
6621	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6622		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6623		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6624		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
6625		this change is a no-op.
6626	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
6627		Costales.
6628	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
6629		Bryan Costales.
6630	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6631		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6632	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6633		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6634	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
6635		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6636	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6637		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6638		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
6639		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6640	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6641		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
6642		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
6643		Jones of UUNET.
6644	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6645		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
6646		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6647	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6648		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6649		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
6650		easily determine what messages are to their role as
6651		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
6652		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6653	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6654		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
6655		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6656		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6657		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6658		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
6659		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6660		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
6661		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6662		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
6663		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
6664		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6665	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6666		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
6667		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
6668		of Stanford University.
6669	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6670		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
6671		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6672		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6673		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6674		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6675		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6676	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6677		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6678		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6679		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
6680		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
6681		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6682	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
6683		Motonori Nakamura.
6684	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6685		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6686		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
6687		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6688	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
6689		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6690		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
6691		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
6692		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
6693		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
6694		value is ".hoststat".
6695		There are also two new operation modes:
6696		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6697		    connections.
6698		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
6699		    recent status information.
6700		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6701		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6702		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6703		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6704		framework is gratefully appreciated.
6705	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6706		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6707		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6708		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6709		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6710		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6711		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6712		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6713		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6714		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
6715		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6716	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6717		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
6718		Costales.
6719	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6720		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6721	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6722		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6723		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6724		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6725	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6726		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6727		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6728		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6729		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6730		Webmasters.
6731	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6732		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6733		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
6734		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6735		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6736	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6737		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
6738		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6739		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6740		of Washington, Seattle.
6741	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
6742		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6743		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6744		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6745		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6746		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
6747	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6748		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
6749		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
6750		Nakamura.
6751	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6752		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6753		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6754		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6755		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6756		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6757		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
6758		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6759		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6760		well constrained.
6761	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6762		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
6763		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6764		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6765		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6766	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6767		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6768		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
6769		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6770		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
6771		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6772	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6773		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
6774		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6775	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6776		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
6777		Wolfhugel.
6778	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6779		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6780	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6781		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
6782		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6783	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
6784		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6785	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6786		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
6787		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
6788		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6789		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6790	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6791		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6792		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6793		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6794	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6795		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6796		National University of Singapore.
6797	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
6798		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6799		system can't cope with.
6800	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6801		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6802			Atlas International.
6803		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6804			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
6805		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6806			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6807			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
6808			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6809			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6810			Bernstein and Associates.
6811		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6812			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
6813			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6814		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6815			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6816		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6817			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6818			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6819		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6820			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6821		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6822			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6823		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6824		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6825		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6826			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6827			Institute.
6828		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6829			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6830		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6831		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6832			Employment Standards Administration.
6833		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6834		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6835			Jr.
6836		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6837			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6838		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6839			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6840		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6841		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6842		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6843		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6844			of the University of Arizona.
6845		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
6846			Vanderbilt University.
6847		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6848			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6849			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
6850			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6851	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
6852		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6853	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6854		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6855		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6856		Foundation.
6857	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6858	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6859		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6860		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
6861		Myers of CMU.
6862	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
6863		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
6864		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6865	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
6866		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6867		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6868		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
6869		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6870		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6871		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
6872		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6873	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6874		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6875		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
6876		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6877		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
6878		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6879		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6880	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6881		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6882		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6883		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
6884			info@foo.com	foo-info
6885			info@bar.com	bar-info
6886			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
6887		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6888		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6889		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6890		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
6891		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
6892		a great many people.
6893	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6894		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6895	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6896		"fax" mailer.
6897	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6898		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6899		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6900		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
6901		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
6902		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6903	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6904		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6905		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
6906		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
6907		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6908	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6909		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6910		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
6911		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6912		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
6913		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6914	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6915		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6916		of WPI.
6917	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6918		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
6919		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6920	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6921		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
6922		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6923	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6924		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
6925		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6926		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6927	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6928	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6929		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6930		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
6931		by Andreas Luik.
6932	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6933		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6934		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6935	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6936		Wolfhugel.
6937	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6938	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
6939		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6940		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6941		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6942		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6943		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
6944		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6945	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6946		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6947		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6948		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6949		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6950	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
6951		Costales.
6952	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6953	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6954		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6955	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6956	NEW FILES:
6957		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6958		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6959		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6960		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6961		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6962		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6963		mailstats/mailstats.8
6964		praliases/praliases.8
6965		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6966		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6967		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6968		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6969		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6970		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
6971		cf/ostype/altos.m4
6972		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
6973		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6974		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
6975		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6976	DELETED FILES:
6977		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6978		contrib/xla/README
6979		contrib/xla/xla.c
6980	RENAMED FILES:
6981		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6982		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
6983		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6984		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6985		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6986
69878.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6988	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6989		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6990		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6991		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6992		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6993	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6994		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6995		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6996
69978.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6998	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6999		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7000		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7001		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7002		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7003		and others.
7004
70058.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
7006	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7007		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7008		any user (except root).
7009	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7010		version number is unchanged.
7011
70128.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
7013	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7014		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
7015		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7016	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7017		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
7018		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7019		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7020	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
7021		Costales.
7022	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7023		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7024		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7025			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
7026			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7027			Stanford University.
7028	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7029		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7030
70318.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
7032	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7033		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
7034		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7035	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7036		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7037		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
7038		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7039		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
7040		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7041		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7042	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7043		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
7044		by Kari Hurtta.
7045	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7046		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7047		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7048		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7049		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7050		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7051		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7052		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
7053		bounces when it should have requeued.
7054	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7055		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7056		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
7057		John Hawkinson of Panix.
7058	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7059		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7060		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7061		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
7062		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
7063		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7064		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7065		Infobiogen.
7066	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
7067		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7068		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7069		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
7070		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7071	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7072		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7073	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7074		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7075		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7076	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7077		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
7078		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7079	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7080		underscores.
7081	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7082		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7083		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7084	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7085		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7086		included even if the user did not request success notification,
7087		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7088	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7089		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7090		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7091		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
7092		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7093	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
7094		Costales of ICSI.
7095	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7096		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
7097		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7098	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7099		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7100		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7101		Technological University.
7102	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7103		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
7104		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7105		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7106	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
7107		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7108	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7109		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7110	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7111		to have the database format of the alias files without the
7112		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7113		Inc.
7114	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7115		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7116		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7117	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7118		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7119		University.
7120	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7121		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
7122		Association for Progressive Communications.
7123	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7124		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7125		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7126		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7127		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
7128		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7129		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7130		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7131	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7132		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
7133		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
7134		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7135	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7136		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7137		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
7138		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7139		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
7140		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7141	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7142		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7143			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
7144			James B. Davis of TCI.
7145		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
7146			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7147		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7148			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
7149			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7150			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7151			isn't supported on all compilers.
7152		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7153	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7154		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7155	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7156		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7157	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7158		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7159		(France).
7160	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7161		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7162	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7163		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
7164		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7165	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7166		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
7167		for different files.
7168	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
7169		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7170		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7171	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7172		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7173		changes).
7174
71758.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
7176	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7177		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7178		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
7179		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7180	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7181		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7182		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7183		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7184		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7185		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7186	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7187		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
7188		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7189		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7190		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7191		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7192		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7193		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
7194		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7195		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7196	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7197		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7198		results.  This could have security implications.
7199	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7200		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7201		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7202	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7203		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
7204		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7205		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
7206		Elz.
7207	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
7208		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7209	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7210		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7211		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7212		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7213		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7214		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7215		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7216		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7217		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7218		domain names are your friends.
7219	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7220		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7221	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7222		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7223	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7224		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7225		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7226		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7227		of TerraNet.
7228	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7229		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7230		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7231		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7232		of WPI.
7233	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7234		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7235			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7236			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7237			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7238			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7239		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7240			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7241		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7242		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7243		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7244			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7245	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7246		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7247		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7248	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7249		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7250		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7251	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7252		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7253		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7254		Infobiogen (France).
7255	NEW FILES:
7256		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7257		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7258		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7259
72608.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7261	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7262		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7263		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7264		Global Communications.
7265	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7266		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7267	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7268		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7269		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7270		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7271		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7272	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7273		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7274		can be confusing.
7275	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7276		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7277	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7278		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7279	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7280		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7281		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7282		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7283		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7284		Maryland.
7285	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7286		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7287		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7288		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7289		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7290	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7291		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7292		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7293		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7294		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7295	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7296		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7297	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7298		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7299		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7300		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7301	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7302		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7303		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7304		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7305		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7306		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7307		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7308		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7309		Swarthmore University.
7310	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7311		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7312		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7313		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7314			ruleset.
7315		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7316		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7317			-d debug flag.
7318		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7319		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7320		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7321		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7322			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7323			and the parsed address.
7324		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7325			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7326		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7327			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7328			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7329			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7330			recipients.
7331		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7332			return the result.
7333		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7334			`mapname' and return the result.
7335	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7336		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7337	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7338		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7339		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7340		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7341		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7342		that functionality.
7343	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7344		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7345		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7346		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7347		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7348		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7349	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7350		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7351		of Michigan Technological University.
7352	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7353		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7354		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7355		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7356		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7357		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7358		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7359		or not.
7360	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7361		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7362		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7363		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7364		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7365		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7366		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7367	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7368		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7369		should have minimal impact on external function.
7370	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7371		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7372			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7373		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7374			7	SevenBitInput
7375			8	EightBitMode
7376			A	AliasFile
7377			a	AliasWait
7378			B	BlankSub
7379			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7380			C	CheckpointInterval
7381			c	HoldExpensive
7382			D	AutoRebuildAliases
7383			d	DeliveryMode
7384			E	ErrorHeader
7385			e	ErrorMode
7386			f	SaveFromLine
7387			F	TempFileMode
7388			G	MatchGECOS
7389			H	HelpFile
7390			h	MaxHopCount
7391			i	IgnoreDots
7392			I	ResolverOptions
7393			J	ForwardPath
7394			j	SendMimeErrors
7395			k	ConnectionCacheSize
7396			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
7397			L	LogLevel
7398			l	UseErrorsTo
7399			m	MeToo
7400			n	CheckAliases
7401			O	DaemonPortOptions
7402			o	OldStyleHeaders
7403			P	PostmasterCopy
7404			p	PrivacyOptions
7405			Q	QueueDirectory
7406			q	QueueFactor
7407			R	DontPruneRoutes
7408			r, T	Timeout
7409			S	StatusFile
7410			s	SuperSafe
7411			t	TimeZoneSpec
7412			u	DefaultUser
7413			U	UserDatabaseSpec
7414			V	FallbackMXHost
7415			v	Verbose
7416			w	TryNullMXList
7417			x	QueueLA
7418			X	RefuseLA
7419			Y	ForkEachJob
7420			y	RecipientFactor
7421			z	ClassFactor
7422			Z	RetryFactor
7423		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7424		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7425			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
7426			$l	UnixFromLine
7427			$o	OperatorChars
7428			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
7429		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7430		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7431		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7432		specify "V6" in the configuration.
7433	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7434		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7435		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7436		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
7437		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7438		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7439		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7440		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
7441		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7442		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7443	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7444		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
7445		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7446			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
7447			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7448		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7449			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7450			recipient mailer flags.
7451		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7452		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7453			delivery.
7454		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7455		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7456		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
7457		    |	Check for |program on this address.
7458		    /	Check for /file on this address.
7459		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
7460			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
7461			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7462			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7463		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7464		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7465		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7466	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
7467		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7468		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7469		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
7470		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7471		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
7472		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7473		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7474		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7475		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7476		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7477		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
7478		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7479		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7480		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
7481		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7482			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7483			(essentially, the full MIME option).
7484		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7485			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7486		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7487			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
7488			flag is ignored.
7489		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7490			the setting of F=8.
7491	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7492		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7493		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7494		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7495	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7496		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7497		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
7498		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7499	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
7500		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7501		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
7502		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7503	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7504		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7505		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7506		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
7507		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7508		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7509		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7510		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7511	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7512		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
7513		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7514		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7515		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
7516		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7517		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7518		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7519		Unicom.
7520	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7521		fashion as the U= mailer option.
7522	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7523		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
7524		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7525		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7526		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7527		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7528		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
7529		from Chip Rosenthal.
7530	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7531		For example,
7532		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
7533		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7534		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
7535		set them both the preferred new syntax is
7536		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7537		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7538	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7539		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7540		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
7541		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7542		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
7543		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7544		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7545		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
7546		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7547		contribution was to make it configurable).
7548	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7549		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7550		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7551		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7552		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7553		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7554	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7555		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7556		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7557		I/O redirection.
7558	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7559		can be confusing.
7560	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7561		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7562		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7563	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7564	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7565		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
7566		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7567		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7568		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
7569		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7570		queue-only.
7571	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7572		:include: and .forward files.
7573	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7574		key field name, the value field name, and the field
7575		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
7576		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7577		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7578	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7579		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7580	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7581		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
7582		Sun Microsystems.
7583	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
7584		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
7585		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
7586		Hutton of Indiana University.
7587	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
7588		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7589		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7590		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
7591		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
7592		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7593	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
7594		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7595		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7596		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7597		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7598		as comments.
7599	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
7600		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7601		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
7602		are from sysexits.h.
7603	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7604		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
7605		    Kmap1 ...
7606		    Kmap2 ...
7607		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7608		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7609		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7610		map2 is searched and the value returned.
7611	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
7612		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7613		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
7614		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7615		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7616		For example, if the declaration of the map is
7617		    Ksample switch hosts
7618		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7619		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7620		equivalent to
7621		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7622		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7623	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
7624		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7625		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7626		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
7627		the -m (matchonly) flag.
7628	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7629		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
7630		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7631	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7632		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7633		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
7634		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7635	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
7636		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7637		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7638		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7639		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7640		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7641		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
7642		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7643		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7644	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7645		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7646		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7647		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7648		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7649	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7650		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7651		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
7652		an /etc/hosts entry reads
7653		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7654		this change will use the second name as the canonical
7655		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7656	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7657		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7658		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7659		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7660		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
7661		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7662	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7663		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7664		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
7665		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7666		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7667		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
7668		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7669	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7670		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7671		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7672	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7673		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7674		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7675		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7676	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7677		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7678		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7679		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7680		much longer than the specified timeout.
7681	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7682		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7683		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7684		denial-of-service attack.
7685	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7686		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7687		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7688	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
7689		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7690		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7691		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7692		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
7693		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7694		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
7695		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7696		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7697		actually file lookups.
7698	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7699		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7700		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
7701		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7702	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7703		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
7704		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7705		support for them has been removed.
7706	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7707		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7708		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7709	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7710		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7711		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
7712		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7713	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7714		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
7715		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7716	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7717		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7718		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7719	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7720		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7721		also improves the connection cache utilization.
7722	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7723		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
7724		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7725	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7726		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7727		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
7728		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7729		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
7730		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7731		Microsystems.
7732	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7733		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
7734		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7735		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
7736		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7737		option can give the network software time to establish
7738		the link.  The default units are seconds.
7739	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7740		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7741		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7742		Defense Information Systems Agency.
7743	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7744		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
7745		the National Computer Security Center.
7746	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7747		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7748		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7749		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
7750		the mailprio scripts (see below).
7751	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7752		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7753		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
7754		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7755		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7756		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
7757		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
7758		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7759		University Computing Service.
7760	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7761		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
7762		the University of Kentucky.
7763	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7764		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7765		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7766	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
7767		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7768	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7769		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7770		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7771		Corporation.
7772	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7773		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7774		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7775		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7776	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7777		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7778		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
7779		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7780		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7781		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7782		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7783	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7784		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
7785		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7786	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7787		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
7788		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
7789		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7790	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7791		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7792		Communications.
7793	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7794		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7795		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
7796		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7797		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7798	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7799		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7800		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
7801		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7802		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7803	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7804		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7805	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7806		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
7807		on values:
7808		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
7809					message will be passed on even
7810					though it is in technically
7811					illegal syntax.
7812		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
7813					recipients that it can find from
7814					the envelope.  This risks exposing
7815					Bcc: recipients.
7816		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
7817					has almost no redeeming social value,
7818					and is provided only for back
7819					compatibility.
7820		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
7821					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7822					which will have the effect of
7823					making the message legal without
7824					exposing Bcc: recipients.
7825		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
7826					There is a chance that mailers down
7827					the line will delete this header,
7828					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7829					recipients.
7830		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7831	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
7832		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7833		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7834		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7835		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7836	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
7837		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7838		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7839		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7840		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7841		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7842		For example, if you run with
7843			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7844		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
7845		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7846		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7847		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7848	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7849		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
7850			list: member1
7851			list: member2
7852		and an alias file declared as:
7853			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7854		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7855		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7856		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7857	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7858	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7859		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
7860		Johannesen.
7861	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7862		to be simpler and more consistent.
7863	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
7864		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7865		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7866		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7867	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7868		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7869		This may affect some people who have written their own
7870		checkcompat() routine.
7871	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
7872		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7873		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7874	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7875		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7876		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7877		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7878	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7879		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7880		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7881		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7882		Corporation.
7883	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7884		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7885		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7886		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7887		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
7888		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7889		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
7890		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7891	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7892		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
7893		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7894	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7895		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7896		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7897	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7898		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7899		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7900	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7901		the header.
7902	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7903	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7904		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
7905		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7906	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7907		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7908		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7909		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7910		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
7911		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7912	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
7913		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7914		is added between the first and second word of the first
7915		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7916		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7917		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7918		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7919		old sendmails understand.
7920	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7921		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
7922	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7923		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7924		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
7925		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7926		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7927		data -- for example,
7928		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7929					(romanized/less information)
7930		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7931					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7932					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7933		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7934					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7935		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7936		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7937	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7938		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7939		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7940		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
7941		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
7942		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7943		Eric Prestemon of American University.
7944	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7945		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7946		increment on the background value).
7947	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
7948		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
7949		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7950	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7951		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7952		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7953	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7954		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7955		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
7956		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7957		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7958	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7959		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
7960		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
7961		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7962		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7963		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
7964		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7965		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7966		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7967	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7968		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
7969		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7970		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7971		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7972		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7973		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7974	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7975		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7976		service type is "files".
7977	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
7978		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7979		into class "c".
7980	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7981		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
7982		contributed by SunSoft.
7983	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7984		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7985		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7986		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7987		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7988		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7989		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7990		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7991		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7992		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7993	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7994		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7995		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7996		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7997	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7998		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7999		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8000		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8001		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8002		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
8003		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8004	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8005		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8006	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8007		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
8008		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8009	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8010		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8011		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8012		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8013		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
8014		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8015		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8016		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8017		flags.
8018	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8019		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
8020		Motonori Nakamura.
8021	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8022		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8023		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8024		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
8025		of MIT.
8026	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
8027		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8028	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8029		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8030		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8031		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8032		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8033		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8034		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
8035		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8036		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8037	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8038		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8039		the make.
8040	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8041		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
8042		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8043		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8044	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8045		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8046		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8047		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8048		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
8049		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8050	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
8051		of Sun Microsystems.
8052	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
8053		is at least 50% faster.
8054	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8055		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8056		University.
8057	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8058		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8059	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8060		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
8061		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8062		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8063	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8064		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
8065		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8066	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8067		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8068		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8069		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
8070		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8071		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8072	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8073		Carnegie Mellon.
8074	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8075		support.
8076	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8077		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8078		Global Information Solutions.
8079	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8080		From Motonori Nakamura.
8081	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
8082		Motonori Nakamura.
8083	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8084		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8085	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8086		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8087		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8088		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
8089		James of British Telecom.
8090	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
8091		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8092	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8093		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
8094		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8095		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8096		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
8097		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8098		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8099	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
8100		a bad guy can read your private files.
8101	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8102		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8103		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8104			University.  This expands the disk size
8105			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8106		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8107			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8108		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8109			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8110		Linux Makefile typo.
8111		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8112			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8113		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8114			University, Chico.
8115		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
8116			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8117			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
8118			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8119			This requires adaptation of code that really
8120			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8121			addresses or nameserver fields.''
8122		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
8123			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8124		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8125			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8126		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8127			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8128			problems.
8129		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8130			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
8131			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8132		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
8133			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8134		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
8135			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8136		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8137			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8138			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
8139			Wemm of DIALix.
8140		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8141			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8142			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8143			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
8144			of Ohio State University.
8145		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8146			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8147			University.
8148		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
8149			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
8150			Mainz.
8151		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8152		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8153			wrong statfs call).
8154		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8155		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8156			University.
8157		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8158		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8159			Rochester Medical Center.
8160		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8161			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8162			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8163			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8164			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8165		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8166			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8167			Division.
8168		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8169			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8170		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8171			Durand of I.M.A.G.
8172		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8173			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8174		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8175		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8176			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8177		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8178		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8179		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8180		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8181		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8182			of Meteo France.
8183		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8184		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8185		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8186		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8187		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8188		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8189		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8190		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8191		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8192		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8193			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8194		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8195			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8196		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8197			of Colorado.
8198		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8199	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8200		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
8201		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8202	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8203		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
8204		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8205		on the file, but it should be quite small.
8206	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
8207		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8208		giving the local administrator more control over what
8209		programs can be run from sendmail.
8210	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8211		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8212		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8213		never will.
8214	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8215		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8216		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8217	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8218		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8219		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8220		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8221		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8222	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8223		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8224	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8225		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8226		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8227		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8228			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8229		or
8230			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8231		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8232		can use:
8233			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8234		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8235		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8236		compatibility.
8237	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8238		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8239	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8240		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8241	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8242		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8243		County.
8244	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8245	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8246		just unqualified ones.
8247	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8248		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8249	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8250		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8251	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8252		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8253		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8254		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8255		centralized hub.
8256	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8257	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8258		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8259		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8260	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8261		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8262		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8263		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8264		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8265	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8266		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8267		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8268	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8269		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8270		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8271		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8272		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8273		but it is a no-op.
8274	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8275		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8276		as User Unknown.
8277	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8278		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8279		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8280		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8281	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8282		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8283		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8284	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8285		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8286		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8287		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8288	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8289		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8290		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8291	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8292	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8293		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8294	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8295		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8296		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8297		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8298	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8299		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8300		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8301		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8302		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8303		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8304		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8305		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8306	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8307		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8308		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8309		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8310		assumed.
8311	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8312		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8313		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8314		Information Systems Agency.
8315	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8316		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8317		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8318	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8319		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8320		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8321		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8322		that really can be used in the real world.
8323	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8324		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8325		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8326	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8327		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8328	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8329		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8330		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8331		by Scott Hutton.
8332	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8333		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8334	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8335		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8336		people.
8337	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8338		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8339	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8340		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8341		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8342	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8343		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8344		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8345	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8346		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8347		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8348		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8349	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8350		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8351		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8352		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8353		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8354		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8355	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8356		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8357		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8358	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8359		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8360		by Kimmo Suominen.
8361	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8362		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8363		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8364	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8365		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8366	NEW FILES:
8367		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8368		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8369		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8370		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8371		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8372		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8373		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8374		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8375		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8376		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8377		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8378		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8379		cf/domain/generic.m4
8380		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8381		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8382		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8383		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
8384		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8385		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8386		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
8387		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
8388		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
8389		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8390		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8391		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8392		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8393		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
8394		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
8395		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
8396		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
8397		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8398		contrib/bsdi.mc
8399		contrib/mailprio
8400		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8401		mail.local/mail.local.0
8402		makemap/makemap.0
8403		smrsh/README
8404		smrsh/smrsh.0
8405		smrsh/smrsh.8
8406		smrsh/smrsh.c
8407		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8408		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8409		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8410		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8411		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8412		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8413		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8414		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8415		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8416		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8417		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8418		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8419		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8420		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8421		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8422		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8423		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8424		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8425		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8426		src/aliases.0
8427		src/mailq.0
8428		src/mime.c
8429		src/newaliases.0
8430		src/sendmail.0
8431		test/t_seteuid.c
8432	RENAMED FILES:
8433		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8434		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8435		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8436		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8437		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8438		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8439		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8440		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8441		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8442		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8443		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8444		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8445		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8446		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8447		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8448		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8449		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8450		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8451		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8452		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8453		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8454	OBSOLETED FILES:
8455		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
8456		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
8457		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
8458		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8459		cf/cf/knecht.mc
8460		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8461		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8462		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8463		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8464		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8465		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8466		contrib/rcpt-streaming
8467		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8468
84698.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
8470	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8471		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8472		any user (except root).
8473	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8474		version number is unchanged.
8475
84768.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
8477	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8478		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
8479		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8480		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8481		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8482		each other!).
8483	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8484		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8485		than fork().
8486
84878.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
8488	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8489		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8490	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8491		message when attempted from IDENT.
8492	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8493		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
8494		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
8495		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8496	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8497		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8498		partial lines.
8499	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8500		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
8501		Rob McMahon.
8502	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8503		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
8504		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8505		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8506	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8507		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
8508		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8509		Novell Labs Europe.
8510	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8511		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
8512		Cal State Chico.
8513	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
8514		*Hobbit*.
8515	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8516		and Liudvikas Bukys.
8517	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8518		from Spider Boardman.
8519	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8520		with the binaries).
8521
85228.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
8523	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8524		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8525	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8526		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8527		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8528		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
8529		implications.
8530	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8531		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8532		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8533		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8534	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8535		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
8536		University of Texas.
8537	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8538		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8539		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8540		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8541	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8542		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8543		Data General.
8544	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8545		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
8546		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8547	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8548		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8549		with a lot of arguments).
8550	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8551		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8552		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8553		Michigan.
8554	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8555		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8556		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8557		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8558		Thibault.
8559	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8560		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8561		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
8562		some of the map code.
8563	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8564		with the binaries).
8565
85668.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
8567	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8568		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8569		may have some security implications.
8570	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8571		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
8572		Hill of the University of Iowa.
8573	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
8574		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8575	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8576		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
8577	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8578	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8579		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8580		option.
8581	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8582		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8583		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
8584		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8585		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
8586		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8587		Rochester.
8588	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8589		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
8590		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8591	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8592		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
8593		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8594	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8595		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
8596		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8597	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8598		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8599		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8600		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
8601		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
8602		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8603		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
8604		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8605		messages.
8606	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8607		message to explain how much space was available and
8608		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
8609		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8610	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8611		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8612		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8613		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8614		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8615		moves things more towards what will probably become a
8616		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8617		Kapor Enterprises.
8618	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8619		without recompiling.
8620	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8621		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
8622		purely cosmetic.
8623	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8624		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8625		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
8626	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8627		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8628		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8629		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
8630		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8631		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8632		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8633	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8634		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
8635		Wolfhugel.
8636	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8637		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8638		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8639		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8640		refused" response, and that the connection can be
8641		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
8642		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8643		size around and can never start listening to connections
8644		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
8645		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8646		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8647		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8648		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
8649		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8650		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8651		implications.
8652	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8653		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8654	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8655		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8656		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8657	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8658		doc directory.  This includes some additional
8659		information.
8660	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8661		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
8662		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8663		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
8664		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8665		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8666		loop the mail, which was bad news.
8667	Portability fixes:
8668		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8669		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8670		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8671		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8672		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8673		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8674			Newcastle upon Tyne.
8675		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8676			Corporation.
8677		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8678		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8679			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8680		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8681	New Files:
8682		src/Makefile.CLIX
8683		src/Makefile.NCR3000
8684		doc/changes/Makefile
8685		doc/changes/changes.me
8686		doc/changes/changes.ps
8687
86888.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
8689	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8690		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
8691		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8692
86938.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
8694	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8695		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
8696		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8697		list.
8698
86998.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
8700	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8701		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8702		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8703		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8704		valid shell.
8705	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8706		in the connection cache for a long time under some
8707		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
8708		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
8709		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
8710		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8711	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8712		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8713		from a local user to another local user.  From
8714		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8715	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8716		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
8717		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8718	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8719		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8720		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8721		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8722		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8723		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8724		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8725		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8726		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8727	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8728		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
8729		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8730	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8731		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8732		BSD-like system.
8733	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8734		protocol entirely.
8735	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8736		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8737		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8738		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
8739		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8740	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8741	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8742		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8743		files.
8744	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8745		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
8746		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8747	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
8748		of CMU.
8749	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8750		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8751		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
8752	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
8753		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8754		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8755		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8756	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8757		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
8758		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8759		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8760		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
8761		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8762	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8763		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
8764	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8765		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
8766		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8767		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
8768		Motonori Nakamura.
8769	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8770		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8771		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8772	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8773		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8774		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
8775		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8776	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8777		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8778		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8779	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8780		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
8781		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8782	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8783		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8784		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8785		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8786	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8787		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8788		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
8789		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8790	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8791		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8792		didn't see the class items being added.
8793	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8794		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8795		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
8796		Rutgers.
8797	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8798		but sets h_errno to a success value.
8799	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8800		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8801		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
8802		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8803		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8804		the problem myself.
8805	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8806		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8807		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8808		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8809	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8810		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8811		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
8812		UUNET.
8813	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8814		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
8815		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
8816		John Oleynick.
8817	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8818		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
8819		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8820	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8821		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
8822		Nakamura.
8823	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8824		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8825		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8826		University of Washington.
8827	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8828		don't have an ``=value'' part.
8829	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8830		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
8831		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8832		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8833		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8834		of Cambridge University.
8835	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8836		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8837		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8838	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8839		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8840		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8841	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8842		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
8843		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8844		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8845		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8846		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
8847		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8848		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8849		a chance.
8850	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8851		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8852	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8853		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8854		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8855		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
8856		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8857		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
8858		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8859		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8860	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
8861		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8862	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8863	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8864		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8865		size for various mailers.
8866	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8867		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8868		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8869	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8870		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8871		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8872	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8873	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8874		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
8875		system.
8876	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8877		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
8878		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8879	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8880		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
8881		Michel of Thomson CSF.
8882	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8883		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8884		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8885		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8886		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8887		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8888		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8889		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
8890		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8891		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8892		University of Sydney.
8893	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8894		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8895		This is because of the known bug where definition of
8896		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8897		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8898	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8899		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8900		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
8901		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
8902		Suominen.
8903	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8904		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8905		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8906		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8907	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
8908		Suominen.
8909	Portability fixes:
8910		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8911		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8912		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8913		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8914		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8915		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8916		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8917		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8918		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8919	NEW FILES:
8920		src/Makefile.DomainOS
8921		src/Makefile.PTX
8922		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8923		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8924		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8925		src/mailq.1
8926		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8927		doc/op/Makefile
8928		doc/intro/Makefile
8929		doc/usenix/Makefile
8930
89318.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
8932	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8933		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
8934		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8935	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8936		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
8937		permissions they should not have had (usually group
8938		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
8939		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8940	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8941		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8942		Although this does not respond to a specific known
8943		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
8944		Christian Wettergren.
8945	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8946		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8947		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8948		program by putting that in their .forward file.
8949		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8950		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8951		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
8952		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
8953		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8954		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8955		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8956		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8957		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8958		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8959	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8960		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
8961		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8962		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8963	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8964		connection to create problems on the current job.
8965		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8966		the wrong place.
8967	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8968		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8969		problem that ignored the load average in locally
8970		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8971	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
8972		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8973	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8974		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8975		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8976	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8977		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
8978		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
8979		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
8980		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8981	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8982		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
8983		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8984	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8985		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8986		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8987	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8988		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8989	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8990		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8991		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8992		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8993	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8994		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8995		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8996	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8997		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8998		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8999	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9000		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9001		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
9002	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9003		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9004		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9005		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9006		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
9007		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9008	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9009		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9010		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9011		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9012	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9013		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9014		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9015		dot convention.
9016	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9017		of from a clean exit.
9018	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9019		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9020		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9021	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9022		as the subject of an error message, even though the
9023		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9024		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9025	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
9026		Jones of UUNET.
9027	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9028		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
9029		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
9030		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9031	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9032		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9033		says that they should be ignored.
9034	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9035		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9036		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
9037		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9038		is not reentrant.
9039	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9040		documented in the Bat Book.
9041	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9042		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9043		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9044		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9045	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9046		code during some parts of connection initialization.
9047		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9048		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9049		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
9050	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9051		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9052	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9053		of Kyoto University.
9054	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9055		From P{r Emanuelsson.
9056	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9057		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9058	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
9059		Bryan Costales.
9060	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9061		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9062	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9063		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
9064		Nakamura.
9065	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9066		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9067		illegal addresses appearing there).
9068	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9069		BB&N.
9070	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9071		included.
9072	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
9073		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9074	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9075		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9076		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
9077		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9078	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9079		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9080	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9081		by the other end closing the connection.  From
9082		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9083	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9084		to include a host name or other useful information.
9085	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
9086		DeMarco.
9087	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9088		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9089		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9090		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
9091		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9092	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9093		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9094	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9095		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9096		this properly).
9097	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9098		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9099		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9100	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9101		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9102		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9103		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
9104		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9105		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9106		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9107		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9108	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9109		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
9110		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9111		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9112		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9113		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9114		of the Institute for Global Communications.
9115	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9116		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
9117		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9118		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9119	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9120		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9121	Portability fixes for:
9122		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9123		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9124		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9125		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9126		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9127			of Stoner Associates.
9128		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9129		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9130			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9131			of Maryland.
9132		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9133		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9134		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9135		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9136		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9137		RISC/os.
9138		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9139			at Chico.
9140		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9141		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9142		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
9143			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9144			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9145	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9146		since this is intended only for internal use, the
9147		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
9148		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9149		addresses when relaying internally.
9150	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9151		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
9152		provided by Peter Wemm.
9153	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9154		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
9155		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9156	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9157		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9158	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9159		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9160		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9161		names.
9162	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9163		rather than letting them get "local configuration
9164		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9165	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9166		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9167		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
9168		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9169		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9170	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9171		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9172	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9173	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9174		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9175		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9176		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
9177		of Georgia Tech.
9178	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
9179		Jim Murray of Stratus.
9180	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9181		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
9182		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9183		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9184		the local name prepended.
9185	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9186	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9187	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9188		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
9189	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9190		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
9191		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9192	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9193		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9194			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9195		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9196			:include: files and accounts that have shells
9197			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
9198			cause some .forward files that have worked
9199			before to start failing.
9200		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9201	NEW FILES:
9202		src/Makefile.DGUX
9203		src/Makefile.Dynix
9204		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9205		src/Makefile.Mach386
9206		src/Makefile.NetBSD
9207		src/Makefile.RISCos
9208		src/Makefile.SCO
9209		src/Makefile.SVR4
9210		src/Makefile.Titan
9211		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9212		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9213		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9214		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9215		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9216		makemap/Makefile.dist
9217		praliases/Makefile.dist
9218
92198.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9220	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9221		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9222		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9223	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9224		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9225		class of attack.
9226	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9227		in a few critical places.
9228	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9229		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9230		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9231		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9232		and High-Energy Physics.
9233	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9234		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9235		Eric Wassenaar.
9236	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9237		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9238		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9239		Wassenaar.
9240	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9241		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9242		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9243		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9244	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9245		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9246		these can have different values depending on which
9247		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9248	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9249		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9250	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9251		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9252		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9253		postmaster" case.
9254	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9255	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9256		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9257	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9258		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9259		Christopher Davis.
9260	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9261		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9262		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9263		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9264	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9265		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9266
92678.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9268	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9269		addresses that get return-receipts.
9270	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9271		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9272		and end up sending the message several times.
9273	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9274		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9275		four hours".
9276	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9277		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9278		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9279		Cornell University Medical College.
9280	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9281		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9282		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9283		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9284		Wassenaar.
9285	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9286		connections fail during message collection.  From
9287		Eric Wassenaar.
9288	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9289		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9290		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9291		Stratus.
9292	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9293		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9294		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9295	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9296		by non-root users were not put into
9297		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9298		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9299		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9300	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9301		could get confused as to whether a database was
9302		open or not.
9303	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9304		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9305		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9306		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9307		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9308	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9309		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9310		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9311	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9312
93138.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9314	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9315	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9316		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9317		propagated to the queue file.
9318
93198.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9320	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9321		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9322	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9323		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9324		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9325		header files but don't have the syscall.
9326	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9327		if trymx == FALSE.
9328	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9329		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9330		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9331		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9332	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9333		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9334	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9335		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9336		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9337		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9338		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9339		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9340		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9341	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9342		Kanbe.
9343	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9344		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9345		Wisner of The Well.
9346	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9347		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9348	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9349		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9350		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9351		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9352		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9353		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9354		read permission.
9355	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9356		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9357		MX suppression will still work.
9358	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9359		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9360		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9361		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9362	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9363		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9364		Nakamura.
9365	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9366		"CX $Z" works.
9367	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9368		trying to send the original message if the connection
9369		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9370		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9371		by John Myers of CMU.
9372	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9373		term bug.
9374	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9375		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9376		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9377		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9378		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9379		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9380	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9381	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9382		ruleset testing a bit easier.
9383	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9384		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9385		level.
9386	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9387		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
9388		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
9389		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9390		address.
9391	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9392		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9393		Harvey Mudd College.
9394	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9395		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
9396		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9397		their full name information.
9398	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9399		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9400		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
9401	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9402		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9403	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9404		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9405		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9406		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9407	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9408		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
9409		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9410		PC TCP/IP implementations.
9411	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9412		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
9413		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
9414		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9415		names.
9416	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9417		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9418		helpful.
9419	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9420		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
9421		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
9422		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9423	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9424		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9425		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9426	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9427		that claims to be itself works properly.
9428	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9429		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9430		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9431		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9432	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9433		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
9434		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9435	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9436		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9437		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9438		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9439		scratch.
9440	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9441		true address to still send to the original address
9442		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9443		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9444		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9445	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
9446		more trouble than it was worth.
9447	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9448		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
9449		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9450	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
9451		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9452		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9453	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9454		the queue.
9455	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9456		messages don't come out with stale information.
9457	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9458		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9459	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9460		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
9461		Myers of CMU.
9462	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9463		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
9464		Corrigan.
9465	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9466		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
9467		sender address.
9468	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9469	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9470	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9471		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9472		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9473		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9474		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9475		that does bulk data transfer).
9476	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
9477		Amir Plivatsky.
9478	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
9479		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9480		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9481		bogus config files that were not caught.
9482	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9483		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9484	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9485		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9486		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9487	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9488		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9489	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9490		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9491		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9492		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9493	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9494		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9495	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9496		opened or if running with no database format defined.
9497	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9498		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9499	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9500		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
9501		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9502		Melbourne.
9503	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9504		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9505		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
9506		to match regular entries.
9507	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9508		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9509	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9510		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9511	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9512		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9513		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9514	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9515		error message so that the "subject" line of return
9516		messages is the best possible.
9517	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9518		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9519		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9520	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9521		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9522	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9523		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9524	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9525		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9526	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9527	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
9528		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9529		on the address.
9530	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9531		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9532		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9533		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9534		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9535	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9536	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9537	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9538		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9539		addresses in any detail.
9540	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9541		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9542	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9543		with an address such as "!foo".
9544	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9545		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
9546		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9547		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
9548		Bret Marquis.
9549
95508.5/8.5		1993/07/23
9551	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9552		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9553		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9554		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9555	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9556		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
9557		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9558		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9559		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
9560		Nakamura.
9561	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9562		are no DNS records matching the name.
9563	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9564		original message was received ... from localhost".
9565		The correct original host information is now included.
9566	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9567		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
9568		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
9569	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9570		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9571	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9572		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9573		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9574		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
9575		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9576		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
9577		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9578		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9579
95808.4/8.4		1993/07/22
9581	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
9582		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9583		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9584		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9585		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
9586		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9587		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9588		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9589		are really configuration errors.  This option is
9590		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9591		UIUC sendmail.
9592	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9593		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
9594		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9595		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9596		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
9597		by Neil Rickert.
9598	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9599		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9600		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
9601		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9602		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
9603		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9604		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9605		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9606		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
9607		of dickering with error handling (see below).
9608	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
9609		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9610		humans.
9611	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9612		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
9613	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9614		repaired).
9615	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9616		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
9617		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9618		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
9619	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9620		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
9621		connection rather than sending QUIT.
9622	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9623		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9624		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
9625		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9626		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9627	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9628		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9629		core dumps on some machines.
9630	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9631		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9632		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9633		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9634		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9635		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
9636		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9637		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9638		some true error conditions.
9639	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9640		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
9641		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9642		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9643	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9644		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
9645		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
9646		by Motonori Nakamura.
9647	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9648		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
9649		caused error messages to be handled differently during
9650		a queue run than a direct run.
9651	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9652		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9653		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9654	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9655		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9656		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9657		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9658		restart it.
9659	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9660		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
9661		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9662		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9663		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9664		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
9665		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9666		is appropriately functional.
9667	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9668		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9669		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
9670		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9671	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9672		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9673		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9674		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9675		Technologies.
9676	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9677		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
9678		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9679		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9680		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
9681		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9682		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9683		things.
9684	Portability changes:
9685		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9686			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9687			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
9688			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9689			of Colorado.
9690		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
9691			help other strict ANSI compilers.
9692		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9693			Corporation.
9694		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9695			documentation apparently doesn't define
9696			__STDC__ by default).
9697		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9698		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9699			Motonori Nakamura.
9700	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9701	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9702		several people have made a good argument that this
9703		creates more problems than it solves (although this
9704		may prove painful in the short run).
9705	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9706		format.
9707	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9708		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9709		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9710	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9711		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9712		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9713		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9714		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9715	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9716		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9717		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9718		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9719	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9720		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9721		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9722		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9723	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9724		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
9725		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9726		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
9727		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9728	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9729		environments.  Ugly as sin.
9730
97318.3/8.3		1993/07/13
9732	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9733		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9734		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
9735		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9736		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9737		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9738		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
9739		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9740		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9741	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9742		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
9743		"user friendly".
9744	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9745		16 bytes/sec.
9746	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9747		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
9748		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9749		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9750		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9751		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
9752		for quick test cases.
9753	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9754		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9755		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9756		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9757	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9758		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9759		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
9760	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9761		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
9762		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9763		From Michael Corrigan.
9764	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9765		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
9766		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9767	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9768		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9769		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9770	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9771		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
9772		Christophe Wolfhugel.
9773	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9774
97758.2/8.2		1993/07/11
9776	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9777	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9778		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
9779		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9780	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
9781	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9782		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9783		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
9784		from Bill Wisner.
9785	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9786		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9787	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
9788		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9789		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9790	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9791		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9792		match the other flags in that file.
9793	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
9794	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9795		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9796	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9797		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9798		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9799	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9800		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9801	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9802		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9803		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
9804	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9805		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9806		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9807	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9808		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
9809		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9810		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
9811		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9812	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9813		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9814		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9815		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9816		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9817		the root and directories leading up to your home);
9818		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9819		be owned by you.
9820	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9821		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9822		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9823		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9824	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9825	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9826	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9827		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
9828		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9829		is separate; this is just intended to work around
9830		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9831		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9832	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9833		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9834		matching without a null it never tries again with a
9835		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
9836		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9837		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
9838		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
9839		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9840		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9841		it adapts.
9842	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9843		will insert the appropriate full name information;
9844		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9845		way.
9846	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9847		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9848		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9849	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9850		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9851		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9852		only happen when there has been another error in the
9853		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
9854		by default in conf.h.
9855	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9856		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
9857		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9858		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9859		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9860		This output is not intended to be particularly human
9861		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9862		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9863	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
9864		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9865		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9866		See cf/README for an example.
9867	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9868		sites that don't use the -d flag.
9869	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9870		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9871		has been requested by several people, but can break
9872		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9873		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9874		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9875		broken.  Use it sparingly.
9876	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
9877		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
9878		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9879	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
9880		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9881		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
9882		Bill Wisner of The Well.
9883	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9884		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
9885		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9886
98878.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
9888	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9889		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9890	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9891		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9892		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9893	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9894
98958.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
9896	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9897		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
9898		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9899
99008.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
9901	Another mailertable fix....
9902
99038.1/8.1		1993/06/07
9904	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
9905